Motorola Symbol Ds6707 Users Manual Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide (72E 83978 06 Rev A)
symbol-ds6707-manual.. symbol-ds6707-manual
DS6707 to the manual fc04d924-018a-4c98-a59d-3caa9fedad16
2015-01-23
: Motorola Motorola-Symbol-Ds6707-Users-Manual-272138 motorola-symbol-ds6707-users-manual-272138 motorola pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 402
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide 72E-83978-06 Revision A May 2009 ii Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide © 2007-2009 by Motorola, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Motorola. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change without notice. The software is provided strictly on an “as is” basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on a licensed basis. Motorola grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be assigned, sublicensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Motorola. No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Motorola. The user agrees to maintain Motorola’s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder, and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof. Motorola reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design. Motorola does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein. No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Motorola, Inc., intellectual property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Motorola products. MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo and Symbol and the Symbol logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG. Microsoft, Windows and ActiveSync are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. Motorola, Inc. One Motorola Plaza Holtsville, New York 11742-1300 http://www.motorola.com/enterprisemobility Patents This product is covered by one or more of the patents listed on the website: http://www.motorola.com/enterprisemobility/patents iii Revision History Changes to the original manual are listed below: Change Date Description -01 Rev A 8/2006 Initial Release. -02 Rev A 4/2007 Updated service information, updated operating temperature and drop specifications, added Host Trigger Mode option, added new UPC/EAN supplemental options, changed RSS references to GS1 DataBar, added following parameters: Illumination Bank Control, Fixed Exposure, Fixed Gain, Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode, Image Brightness, JPEG Target File Size, Image Enhancement, Bookland ISBN format, 4State Postal, Inverse 1D, Data Matrix Inverse, Micro QR, QR Inverse, Aztec, Aztec Inverse -03 Rev A 8/2007 Updated decode zone/range information -04 Rev A 8/2008 Added DP and HD model information, added Fuzzy 1D, Decode Mirror Images, Low Light Enhancement, and Presentation Mode Field of View parameters, updated Signature Capture Width and Height options, added Code 128 Lengths and Post US4, changed code type name from UCC/EAN-128 to GS1-128 -05 Rev A 10/2008 Updated wall mount template, added separate dimensions and weight specifications for the Symbol DS6707-DP model, added custom defaults options, added specific string search and new move cursor options in ADF chapter -06 Rev A 5/2009 Added ISSN EAN, Matrix 2 of 5, and Chinese 2 of 5 code types, added ISBT concatenation parameters. iv Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table of Contents About This Guide Introduction .................................................................................................................... Configurations................................................................................................................ Chapter Descriptions ..................................................................................................... Notational Conventions.................................................................................................. Related Documents ....................................................................................................... Service Information........................................................................................................ xv xv xv xvi xvii xvii Chapter 1: Getting Started Introduction ................................................................................................................... Supported Interfaces .................................................................................................... Unpacking ..................................................................................................................... Setting Up the Digital Imager Scanner ......................................................................... Installing the Interface Cable .................................................................................. Removing the Interface Cable ................................................................................ Connecting Power (if required) ............................................................................... Configuring the Digital Imager Scanner .................................................................. Mounting the Digital Imager Scanner ........................................................................... Desk Mount ............................................................................................................. Wall Mount .............................................................................................................. 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-5 Chapter 2: Scanning Introduction ................................................................................................................... Beeper Definitions ........................................................................................................ LED Definitions ............................................................................................................. Scanning in Hand-Held Mode ....................................................................................... Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner .............................................................. Aiming .................................................................................................................... Scanning in Presentation Mode .................................................................................... Decode Zones .............................................................................................................. Symbol DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes ..... Symbol DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ..... 2-1 2-2 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-8 2-9 vi Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbol DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes . Symbol DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes . Symbol DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes ................................................................................................. Symbol DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ..... Symbol DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes ................................................................................................. Symbol DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ........... 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 Chapter 3: Maintenance & Technical Specifications Introduction ................................................................................................................... Maintenance ................................................................................................................. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ Technical Specifications ............................................................................................... Digital Imager Scanner Signal Descriptions ................................................................. 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-4 3-8 Chapter 4: User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options Introduction ................................................................................................................... Scanning Sequence Examples ..................................................................................... Errors While Scanning .................................................................................................. User Preferences and Miscellaneous Options - Parameter Defaults ........................... User Preferences .......................................................................................................... Set Default Parameter ............................................................................................ Parameter Scanning ............................................................................................... Beeper Tone ........................................................................................................... Beeper Volume ....................................................................................................... Power Mode ............................................................................................................ Time Delay to Low Power Mode ............................................................................. Trigger Mode ........................................................................................................... Picklist Mode ........................................................................................................... Decode Session Timeout ........................................................................................ Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol ............................................................ Decoding Illumination .............................................................................................. DP Illumination ....................................................................................................... Decode Aiming Pattern ........................................................................................... Fuzzy 1D Processing .............................................................................................. Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) .............................................................. Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters ............................................................................. Transmit Code ID Character ................................................................................... Prefix/Suffix Values ................................................................................................. Scan Data Transmission Format ............................................................................ FN1 Substitution Values ......................................................................................... Transmit “No Read” Message ................................................................................. 4-1 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-5 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 Table of Contents Chapter 5: Imaging Preferences Introduction ................................................................................................................... Scanning Sequence Examples ..................................................................................... Errors While Scanning .................................................................................................. Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults ..................................................................... Imaging Preferences ..................................................................................................... Operational Modes .................................................................................................. Low Light Enhancement ......................................................................................... Presentation Mode Field of View ............................................................................ Image Capture Autoexposure ................................................................................. Image Capture Illumination ..................................................................................... Illumination Bank Control ........................................................................................ Fixed Exposure ....................................................................................................... Fixed Gain ............................................................................................................... Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode ............................................................. Snapshot Mode Timeout ......................................................................................... Snapshot Aiming Pattern ........................................................................................ Image Cropping ...................................................................................................... Crop to Pixel Addresses ......................................................................................... Image Size (Number of Pixels) ............................................................................... Image Brightness (Target White) ............................................................................ JPEG Image Options .............................................................................................. JPEG Target File Size ............................................................................................ JPEG Quality and Size Value ................................................................................. Image Enhancement ............................................................................................... Image File Format Selector ..................................................................................... Bits Per Pixel ........................................................................................................... Signature Capture ................................................................................................... Signature Capture File Format Selector ................................................................. Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel ............................................................................ Signature Capture Width ......................................................................................... Signature Capture Height ....................................................................................... Signature Capture JPEG Quality ............................................................................ Video View Finder ................................................................................................... Target Video Frame Size ........................................................................................ Video View Finder Image Size ................................................................................ 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-4 5-4 5-5 5-5 5-6 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-14 5-15 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-23 5-23 5-24 Chapter 6: SSI Interface Introduction ................................................................................................................... Connecting Using Simple Serial Interface .................................................................... Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters .................................................................. SSI Host Parameters .................................................................................................... Baud Rate ............................................................................................................... Parity ....................................................................................................................... Check Parity ............................................................................................................ Software Handshaking ............................................................................................ Host RTS Line State ............................................................................................... Decode Data Packet Format ................................................................................... Stop Bit Select ........................................................................................................ 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-4 6-6 6-7 6-7 6-8 6-8 6-9 vii viii Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Host Serial Response Time-out .............................................................................. Host Character Time-out ......................................................................................... Multipacket Option .................................................................................................. Interpacket Delay .................................................................................................... Event Reporting ............................................................................................................ Decode Event ......................................................................................................... Boot Up Event ......................................................................................................... Parameter Event ..................................................................................................... 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-14 6-15 6-15 Chapter 7: USB Interface Introduction ................................................................................................................... Connecting a USB Interface ......................................................................................... USB Parameter Defaults .............................................................................................. USB Host Parameters .................................................................................................. USB Device Type .................................................................................................... Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking ................................................... USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) .................................................... USB Keystroke Delay ............................................................................................. USB CAPS Lock Override ...................................................................................... USB Ignore Unknown Characters ........................................................................... Emulate Keypad ...................................................................................................... Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero ........................................................................ USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution ............................................................................ Function Key Mapping ............................................................................................ Simulated Caps Lock .............................................................................................. Convert Case .......................................................................................................... ASCII Character Set for USB ........................................................................................ 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-8 7-8 7-9 7-9 7-10 7-10 7-11 7-11 7-12 7-13 Chapter 8: RS-232 Interface Introduction ................................................................................................................... Connecting an RS-232 Interface .................................................................................. RS-232 Parameter Defaults .......................................................................................... RS-232 Host Parameters .............................................................................................. RS-232 Host Types ................................................................................................. Baud Rate ............................................................................................................... Parity ....................................................................................................................... Stop Bit Select ........................................................................................................ Data Bits ................................................................................................................. Check Receive Errors ............................................................................................. Hardware Handshaking .......................................................................................... Software Handshaking ............................................................................................ Host Serial Response Time-out .............................................................................. RTS Line State ........................................................................................................ Beep on....................................................................................................... Intercharacter Delay ................................................................................................ Nixdorf Beep/LED Options ...................................................................................... Ignore Unknown Characters ................................................................................... ASCII Character Set for RS-232 ................................................................................... 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-6 8-7 8-9 8-10 8-10 8-11 8-11 8-13 8-15 8-16 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-18 8-19 Table of Contents Chapter 9: 123Scan Introduction ................................................................................................................... 9-1 123Scan Parameter ...................................................................................................... 9-1 Chapter 10: Symbologies Introduction ................................................................................................................... Scanning Sequence Examples ..................................................................................... Errors While Scanning .................................................................................................. Symbology Parameter Defaults .................................................................................... UPC/EAN ...................................................................................................................... Enable/Disable UPC-A ............................................................................................ Enable/Disable UPC-E ............................................................................................ Enable/Disable UPC-E1 .......................................................................................... Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 ................................................................................. Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 ............................................................................. Enable/Disable Bookland EAN ............................................................................... Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals .................................................................. User-Programmable Supplementals ....................................................................... UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy ............................................................ Transmit UPC-A Check Digit .................................................................................. Transmit UPC-E Check Digit .................................................................................. Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit ................................................................................ UPC-E1 Preamble .................................................................................................. Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A ..................................................................................... UCC Coupon Extended Code ................................................................................. ISSN EAN ............................................................................................................... Code 128 ...................................................................................................................... Enable/Disable Code 128 ....................................................................................... Set Lengths for Code 128 ....................................................................................... Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) ................................................ Enable/Disable ISBT 128 ........................................................................................ ISBT Concatenation ................................................................................................ Check ISBT Table ................................................................................................... ISBT Concatenation Redundancy ........................................................................... Code 39 ........................................................................................................................ Enable/Disable Code 39 ......................................................................................... Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 ............................................................................ Convert Code 39 to Code 32 .................................................................................. Code 32 Prefix ........................................................................................................ Set Lengths for Code 39 ......................................................................................... Code 39 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................ Transmit Code 39 Check Digit ................................................................................ Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion .............................................................................. Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store) .......................................................................... Code 93 ........................................................................................................................ Enable/Disable Code 93 ......................................................................................... Set Lengths for Code 93 ......................................................................................... Code 11 ........................................................................................................................ Code 11 .................................................................................................................. 10-1 10-1 10-2 10-2 10-7 10-7 10-7 10-8 10-8 10-9 10-9 10-10 10-13 10-14 10-14 10-15 10-15 10-18 10-19 10-22 10-22 10-23 10-23 10-23 10-25 10-25 10-26 10-27 10-27 10-28 10-28 10-28 10-29 10-29 10-30 10-31 10-32 10-32 10-33 10-36 10-36 10-36 10-38 10-38 ix x Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Set Lengths for Code 11 ......................................................................................... Code 11 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................ Transmit Code 11 Check Digits .............................................................................. Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) ................................................................................................. Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 ........................................................................... Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 ........................................................................... I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................... Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit ................................................................................... Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 ...................................................................................... Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) .................................................................................................... Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 ................................................................................ Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................... Codabar (NW - 7) ......................................................................................................... Enable/Disable Codabar ......................................................................................... Set Lengths for Codabar ......................................................................................... CLSI Editing ............................................................................................................ NOTIS Editing ......................................................................................................... MSI ............................................................................................................................... Enable/Disable MSI ................................................................................................ Set Lengths for MSI ................................................................................................ MSI Check Digits .................................................................................................... Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) ................................................................................... MSI Check Digit Algorithm ...................................................................................... Chinese 2 of 5 ............................................................................................................... Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 ................................................................................ Matrix 2 of 5 .................................................................................................................. Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................... Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................... Matrix 2 of 5 Redundancy ....................................................................................... Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ......................................................................................... Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit .......................................................................... Inverse 1D .................................................................................................................... Postal Codes ................................................................................................................ US Postnet .............................................................................................................. US Planet ................................................................................................................ Transmit US Postal Check Digit .............................................................................. UK Postal ................................................................................................................ Transmit UK Postal Check Digit .............................................................................. Japan Postal ........................................................................................................... Australian Postal ..................................................................................................... Netherlands KIX Code ............................................................................................ USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail ..................................................................... UPU FICS Postal .................................................................................................... GS1 DataBar ................................................................................................................ GS1 DataBar-14 ..................................................................................................... GS1 DataBar Limited .............................................................................................. GS1 DataBar Expanded ......................................................................................... Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN ........................................................................ Composite ..................................................................................................................... Composite CC-C ..................................................................................................... 10-38 10-40 10-41 10-42 10-42 10-42 10-44 10-44 10-45 10-46 10-46 10-46 10-48 10-48 10-48 10-50 10-50 10-51 10-51 10-51 10-52 10-53 10-53 10-54 10-54 10-55 10-55 10-56 10-57 10-57 10-58 10-59 10-60 10-60 10-60 10-61 10-61 10-62 10-62 10-63 10-63 10-64 10-64 10-65 10-65 10-65 10-66 10-66 10-67 10-67 Table of Contents Composite CC-A/B .................................................................................................. Composite TLC-39 .................................................................................................. UPC Composite Mode ............................................................................................ Composite Beep Mode ........................................................................................... GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes ................................... 2D Symbologies ............................................................................................................ Enable/Disable PDF417 .......................................................................................... Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 ................................................................................. Code 128 Emulation ............................................................................................... Data Matrix .............................................................................................................. Data Matrix Inverse ................................................................................................. Maxicode ................................................................................................................. QR Code ................................................................................................................. QR Inverse .............................................................................................................. MicroQR .................................................................................................................. Aztec ....................................................................................................................... Aztec Inverse .......................................................................................................... Redundancy Level ........................................................................................................ Redundancy Level 1 ............................................................................................... Redundancy Level 2 ............................................................................................... Redundancy Level 3 ............................................................................................... Redundancy Level 4 ............................................................................................... Security Level ............................................................................................................... Intercharacter Gap Size .......................................................................................... Report Version .............................................................................................................. Macro PDF Features .................................................................................................... Flush Macro Buffer .................................................................................................. Abort Macro PDF Entry ........................................................................................... 10-67 10-68 10-69 10-70 10-70 10-71 10-71 10-71 10-72 10-73 10-74 10-75 10-75 10-76 10-77 10-77 10-78 10-79 10-79 10-79 10-79 10-80 10-81 10-82 10-82 10-83 10-83 10-83 Chapter 11: Advanced Data Formatting Introduction ................................................................................................................... Rules: Criteria Linked to Actions ................................................................................... Using ADF Bar Codes .................................................................................................. ADF Bar Code Menu Example ..................................................................................... Rule 1: The Code 128 Scanning Rule .................................................................... Rule 2: The UPC Scanning Rule ............................................................................ Alternate Rule Sets ................................................................................................. Rules Hierarchy (in Bar Codes) .............................................................................. Default Rules .......................................................................................................... ADF Bar Codes ............................................................................................................. Special Commands ....................................................................................................... Pause Duration ....................................................................................................... Begin New Rule ...................................................................................................... Save Rule ............................................................................................................... Erase ....................................................................................................................... Quit Entering Rules ................................................................................................. Disable Rule Set ..................................................................................................... Criteria .......................................................................................................................... Code Types ............................................................................................................. 11-1 11-1 11-2 11-2 11-3 11-3 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-5 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-9 11-9 11-10 11-11 11-11 xi xii Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Lengths .......................................................................................................... Message Containing A Specific Data String ........................................................... Actions .......................................................................................................................... Send Data ............................................................................................................... Setup Field(s) .......................................................................................................... Modify Data ............................................................................................................. Pad Data with Spaces ............................................................................................. Pad Data with Zeros ............................................................................................... Beeps ...................................................................................................................... Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) ........................... Send Right Control Key .......................................................................................... Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters ...................................................... Turn On/Off Rule Sets ............................................................................................ Alphanumeric Keyboard ............................................................................................... 11-18 11-22 11-27 11-27 11-30 11-37 11-38 11-42 11-47 11-47 11-83 11-84 11-89 11-91 Appendix A: Standard Default Parameters Appendix B: Programming Reference Symbol Code Identifiers ................................................................................................ B-1 AIM Code Identifiers ..................................................................................................... B-3 Appendix C: Sample Bar Codes Code 39 ........................................................................................................................ UPC/EAN ...................................................................................................................... UPC-A, 100% .......................................................................................................... EAN-13, 100% ........................................................................................................ Code 128 ...................................................................................................................... Interleaved 2 of 5 .......................................................................................................... GS1 DataBar-14 ........................................................................................................... PDF417 ......................................................................................................................... Data Matrix ................................................................................................................... Maxicode ...................................................................................................................... QR Code ....................................................................................................................... US Postnet .................................................................................................................... UK Postal ...................................................................................................................... C-1 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 C-2 C-3 C-3 C-3 C-4 C-4 C-4 C-5 Appendix D: Numeric Bar Codes Numeric Bar Codes ...................................................................................................... D-1 Cancel ........................................................................................................................... D-2 Appendix E: ASCII Character Sets Glossary Table of Contents Index Tell Us What You Think... xiii xiv Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide About This Guide Introduction The Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide provides general instructions for setting up, operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the Symbol DS6707 digital imager scanner. Configurations This guide includes the following digital imager scanner configurations: • Symbol DS6707-SR: Standard Range digital imager scanner for point of sale scanning. • Symbol DS6707-DC: Document Capture digital imager scanner for 8 1/2 in. by 11 in. imaging. • Symbol DS6707-DP: Direct Part Mark digital imager scanner for DPM scanning. • Symbol DS6707-HD: High Density digital imager scanner for high-density 1D and 2D bar codes. Chapter Descriptions Topics included in this guide are as follows: • Chapter 1, Getting Started provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection information. • Chapter 2, Scanning describes parts of the digital imager scanner, beeper and LED definitions, and how to use the scanner in hand-held and presentation (hands-free) modes. • Chapter 3, Maintenance & Technical Specifications provides information on how to care for the digital imager scanner, troubleshooting, and technical specifications. • Chapter 4, User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options provides frequently used features to customize how data transmits to the host, and programming bar codes for selecting these features for the digital imager scanner. • Chapter 5, Imaging Preferences provides programming bar codes for selecting imaging features. xvi Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide • Chapter 6, SSI Interface describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a Simple Serial Interface (SSI) host. When using SSI, program the digital imager scanner via bar code menu or SSI host commands. • Chapter 7, USB Interface describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a USB host. • Chapter 8, RS-232 Interface describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with an RS-232 host, such as point-of-sale devices, host computers, or other devices with an available RS-232 port. • Chapter 9, 123Scan describes the 123Scan PC-based scanner configuration tool, and provides the bar code to scan to communicate with the 123Scan program. • Chapter 10, Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features for the digital imager scanner. • Chapter 11, Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) describes how to customize scanned data before transmitting to the host. • Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous scanner defaults. • Appendix B, Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers, ASCII character conversions, and keyboard maps. • Appendix C, Sample Bar Codes includes sample bar codes of various code types. • Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes includes the numeric bar codes to scan for parameters requiring specific numeric values. • Appendix E, ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables. Notational Conventions The following conventions are used in this document: • Italics are used to highlight the following: • Chapters and sections in this and related documents • Dialog box, window and screen names • Drop-down list and list box names • Check box and radio button names • Bold text is used to highlight the following: • Key names on a keypad • Button names on a screen. • bullets (•) indicate: • Action items • Lists of alternatives • Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential • Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists. About This Guide xvii • Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) are used to denote default parameter settings. * Indicates Default *Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option Related Documents The Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Quick Start Guide, p/n 72-83972-xx, provides general information for getting started with the Symbol DS6707 digital imager scanner, and includes basic set up and operation instructions. For the latest version of this guide and all guides, go to: http://www.motorola.com/enterprisemobility/manuals. Service Information If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Motorola Enterprise Mobility support for your region. Contact information is available at: http://www.motorola.com/enterprisemobility/contactsupport. When contacting Enterprise Mobility support, please have the following information available: • Serial number of the unit • Model number or product name • Software type and version number Motorola responds to calls by e-mail, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in service agreements. If your problem cannot be solved by Motorola Enterprise Mobility Support, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions. Motorola is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty. If you purchased your Enterprise Mobility business product from a Motorola business partner, please contact that business partner for support. Chapter 1 Getting Started Introduction The Symbol DS6707 digital imager scanner combines superior 1D and 2D omnidirectional bar code scanning and sub-second image capture and transfer to provide the best value in a digital imager scanner. Whether in hand-held mode or presentation (hands-free) mode in a stand, the digital imager scanner ensures comfort and ease of use for extended periods of time. Figure 1-1 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Getting Started 1-2 Supported Interfaces The Symbol DS6707digital imager scanner supports: • Simple Serial Interface (SSI) connection to a host. When using SSI, program the digital imager scanner via bar code menu or SSI host commands. • Standard RS-232 connection to a host. Scan bar code menus to set up communication between the digital imager scanner and the host. • USB connection to a host. The digital imager scanner autodetects a USB host and defaults to the HID keyboard interface type. Select other USB interface types by scanning programming bar code menus.This interface supports the following international keyboards (for Windows® environment): North America, German, French, French Canadian, Spanish, Italian, Swedish, UK English, Portuguese-Brazilian, and Japanese. • Configuration via 123Scan. Unpacking Remove the digital imager scanner from its packing and inspect it for damage. If the scanner was damaged in transit, contact Motorola Enterprise Mobility Support. See page xvii for contact information. KEEP THE PACKING. It is the approved shipping container; use this to return the equipment for servicing. 1-3 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Setting Up the Digital Imager Scanner Installing the Interface Cable 1. Plug the interface cable modular connector into the cable interface port on the bottom of the scanner handle. See Figure 1-2. 2. Gently tug the cable to ensure the connector is properly secured. 3. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (see the specific host chapter for information on host connections). Clip Cable interface port To host Interface cable modular connector Figure 1-2 Installing the Cable NOTE Different hosts require different cables. The connectors illustrated in each host chapter are examples only. Connectors vary from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the digital imager scanner are the same. Removing the Interface Cable 1. Using the tip of a screwdriver, depress the cable’s modular connector clip. Figure 1-3 Removing the Cable 2. Carefully slide out the cable. 3. Follow the steps for Installing the Interface Cable to connect a new cable. Getting Started 1-4 Connecting Power (if required) If the host does not provide power to the digital imager scanner, connect an external power supply: 1. Connect the interface cable to the bottom of the digital imager scanner, as described in Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3. 2. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (refer to the host manual to locate the correct port). 3. Plug the power supply into the power jack on the interface cable. Plug the other end of the power supply into an AC outlet. Configuring the Digital Imager Scanner To configure the digital imager scanner, use the bar codes in this manual, or the 123Scan configuration program. See Chapter 4, User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options and Chapter 5, Imaging Preferences for information about programming the digital imager scanner using bar code menus. Also see each host-specific chapter to set up connection to a specific host type. See Chapter 9, 123Scan to configure the digital imager scanner using this configuration program. The program includes a help file. Mounting the Digital Imager Scanner Desk Mount Use the optional desk mount for convenient and protective placement of the digital imager scanner on a flat surface. Simply place the mount on the surface. The rubber feet hold the mount securely in place when inserting and removing the digital imager scanner. Figure 1-4 Inserting the Digital Imager Scanner in the Desk Mount Alternatively, secure the desk mount to a desk surface by inserting two screws* appropriate for the mounting surface through the screw holes of the desk mount, and into the surface. Screw the desk mount onto the surface with or without the rubber feet. *The recommended screws are two #6 screws (5/8” long). 1-5 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Wall Mount To use the optional wall mount to mount the digital imager scanner on a wall, place the mount in the desired location on the wall and secure by inserting two screws* appropriate for the mounting surface through the screw holes on the mount, and into the surface. Insert the digital imager scanner into the mount as shown. Figure 1-5 Securing the Wall Mount *The recommended screws are two #6 screws (1” long) and two #6 washers. For convenience, print this page and use the template below for mounting hole locations. Insert mounting screw Insert mounting screw 2.98” Figure 1-6 Wall Mounting Template Chapter 2 Scanning Introduction This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning bar codes, general instructions and tips about scanning, and decode zone diagrams. LED Beeper Scan Window Trigger Figure 2-1 Parts 2-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Beeper Definitions The digital imager scanner issues different beep sequences and patterns to indicate status. Table 2-1 defines beep sequences that occur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital imager scanner. Table 2-1 Beeper Definitions Beeper Sequence Indication Standard Use Low/medium/high beeps Power up. Short high beep A bar code symbol was decoded (if decode beeper is enabled). 4 long low beeps A transmission error was detected in a scanned symbol. The data is ignored. This occurs if the digital imager scanner is not properly configured. Check option setting. 5 low beeps Conversion or format error. Low/high/low beeps ADF transmit error. See Chapter 11, Advanced Data Formatting. High/high/high/low beeps RS-232 receive error. Parameter Menu Scanning Short high beep Correct entry scanned or correct menu sequence performed. Low/high beeps Input error; incorrect bar code, programming sequence, or Cancel scanned; remain in ADF program mode. High/low beeps Keyboard parameter selected. Enter value using numeric bar codes. High/low/high/low beeps Successful program exit with change in parameter setting. Low/high/low/high beeps Out of host parameter storage space. Scan Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Code 39 Buffering High/low beeps New Code 39 data was entered into the buffer. 3 long high beeps Code 39 buffer is full. Low/high/low beeps The Code 39 buffer was erased or there was an attempt to clear or transmit an empty buffer. Low/high beeps A successful transmission of buffered data. Macro PDF 2 long low beeps File ID error. A bar code not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned. 3 long low beeps Out of memory. There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF symbol. 4 long low beeps Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or 2D bar code in a MPDF sequence, a duplicate MPDF label, a label in an incorrect order, or trying to transmit an empty or illegal MPDF field. 5 long low beeps Flushing MPDF buffer. Scanning Table 2-1 Beeper Definitions (Continued) Beeper Sequence Indication Fast warble beep Aborting MPDF sequence. Low/high beeps Flushing an already empty MPDF buffer. ADF Programming: Normal Data Entry. Duration of tones are short. High/low beeps Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary. Low/low beeps Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message bar code. High/high beeps Enter another criterion or action, or scan the Save Rule bar code. High/low/high/low beeps Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited. High/low/low beeps All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule. Low beep Delete last saved rule. The current rule is left intact. Low/high/high beeps All rules are deleted. ADF Programming: Error Indications. Duration of tones are very long. Low/high/low/high beeps Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again. (It is not necessary to re-enter the current rule.) Low/high/low beeps Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to exit rule entry. Low/high beeps Entry error, wrong bar code scanned. Re-enter criterion or action. All previously entered criteria and actions are retained. Criteria or action list is too long for a rule. Host Specific USB only 4 short high beeps The digital imager scanner has not completed initialization. Wait several seconds and scan again. Low/medium/high beeps upon scanning a USB device type Communication with the bus must be established before the digital imager scanner can operate at the highest power level. Low/medium/high beeps occur more than once. The USB bus can put the digital imager scanner in a state where power to the digital imager scanner is cycled on and off more than once. This is normal and usually happens when the PC cold boots. RS-232 only 1 short high beep A character is received and Beep on is enabled. 2-3 2-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide LED Definitions In addition to beep sequences, the digital imager scanner uses a two-color LED to indicate status. Table 2-2 defines LED colors that display during scanning. Table 2-2 Standard LED Definitions LED Indication Off No power is applied to the digital imager scanner, or the digital imager scanner is on and ready to scan. Green A bar code was successfully decoded. Red A data transmission error or digital imager scanner malfunction occurred. Scanning in Hand-Held Mode Install and program the digital imager scanner (see Setting Up the Digital Imager Scanner on page 1-3). For assistance, contact the local supplier or Motorola Enterprise Mobility Support. Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner 1. Ensure all connections are secure (see the appropriate host chapter.) 2. Aim the digital imager scanner at the bar code. Figure 2-2 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode Scanning 3. 2-5 When the digital imager scanner senses movement, in its default Auto Aim trigger mode, it projects a red laser aiming pattern (Figure 2-3) which allows positioning the bar code or object within the field of view. (To turn off the default Auto Aim trigger mode, see Trigger Mode on page 4-8.) If necessary, the digital imager scanner turns on its red LEDs to illuminate the target bar code. The DS6707-DP version uses a donut-shaped pattern with a center aiming dot. Standard Pattern DS6707-DP Pattern Figure 2-3 Laser Aiming Pattern 4. Center the symbol in any orientation within the aiming pattern. Be sure the entire symbol is within the rectangular area formed by the brackets in the pattern. When scanning with the DS6707-DP, ensure part of the bar code is visible on the inside of the donut-shaped pattern. 2D barsymbol code PDF417 1D bar Linear barcode code Data Matrix bar code Symbol Aiming Pattern DS6707-DP Pattern Figure 2-4 Placing Symbol in Aiming Pattern 5. Hold the trigger until the digital imager scanner beeps, indicating the bar code is successfully decoded. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2. This process usually occurs instantaneously. Steps 2 - 4 are repeated on poor quality or difficult bar codes, until the bar code is decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Session Timeout is reached. 2-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Aiming Hold the digital imager scanner between two and nine inches (depending on symbol density; see Decode Zones on page 2-8) from the symbol, centering the aiming pattern on the symbol. Ensure the cross hair falls on the symbol. For the DS6707-DP, ensure part of the symbol is visible within the donut-shaped pattern. The aiming pattern is smaller when the digital imager scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is farther from the symbol. Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements (mil size) closer to the digital imager scanner, and those with larger bars or elements (mil size) farther from the digital imager scanner. The digital imager scanner can also read a bar code presented within the aiming pattern but not centered. The top examples in Figure 2-5 and Figure 2-6 show acceptable aiming options, while the bottom examples can not decode. NOTE For best performance, ensure the pattern’s cross hair, or in the case of the DS6707-DP the aiming dot, falls on the symbol. 012345 012345 012345 012345 Figure 2-5 Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming - Standard Pattern Figure 2-6 Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming - DS6707-DP Pattern Scanning 2-7 Scanning in Presentation Mode The optional Intellistand adds greater flexibility to scanning operation. When you insert the digital imager scanner into the stand’s “cup,” the scanner’s built-in sensor places the scanner in presentation (hands-free) mode. When you remove the digital imager scanner from the stand it operates in its normal hand-held mode. Angle Adjustment Knob Scanner Holder (Cup) Height Adjustment Knob Figure 2-7 Inserting the Digital Imager Scanner in the Intellistand To operate the digital imager scanner in the IntelliStand: 1. Connect the digital imager scanner to the host (see the appropriate host chapter for information on host connections). 2. Insert the digital imager scanner in the Intellistand by placing the front of the digital imager scanner into the stand’s “cup” (see Figure 2-7). 3. Use the Intellistand’s adjustment knobs to adjust the height and angle of the digital imager scanner. 4. Center the symbol in the aiming pattern. The entire symbol must be within the brackets. 5. Upon successful decode, the digital imager scanner beeps and the LED turns green. For more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2. 2-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Zones Symbol DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes Note: Typical performance at 73.4O F (23O C) on high quality symbols. DS6707-SR 5 mil (Code 39) 5.4 In . cm 10 3 1 .6 5 12.7 W i d t h 0 0 o f 5 12.7 0.9 10 mil I 2 of 5 1.0 7.9 10 25.4 F i e l d 13 mil (100% UPC/EAN) 8.4 0.9 20 mil (Code 39) 0.9 12.9 Postnet 2.6 In . 0 cm 0 5 12.7 10 25.4 12.5 15 38.1 Depth of Field Figure 2-8 Symbol DS6707-SR Standard Range Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes Scanning Symbol DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes O O Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) on high quality symbols. In . DS6707-SR cm 10 3 1 .6 5 12.7 W i d t h 0 0 o f 5 12.7 6.6 mil PDF417 5.2 1.4 10 10 mil QR Code 25.4 F i e l d 6.8 2.6 PDF417 (10 mil) 6.2 1.4 10 mil MicroPDF 2.3 7.50 Datamatrix (10 mil) 7.50 35 mil Maxicode 1.5 1.10 In . 0 cm 0 5 12.7 10 25.4 12.8 15 38.1 Depth of Field Figure 2-9 Symbol DS6707-SR Standard Range Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes 2-9 2 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbol DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes O O Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) on high quality symbols. DS6707-DC In . 15 cm 38.1 10 25.4 5 12.7 W i d t h 0 0 o f 5 12.7 10 25.4 15 38.1 5 mil (Code 39) 8.4 2.6 2.6 1.7 0.9 Postnet 10 mil I 2 of 5 13.7 13 mil (100% UPC/EAN) 14.7 20 mil (Code 39) 1.2 In . 0 cm 0 12.5 F i e l d 21.4 5 12.7 10 25.4 15 38.1 20 50.8 25 63.5 Depth of Field Figure 2-10 Symbol DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes Scanning 2 - 11 Symbol DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes O O Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) on high quality symbols. In . 7.5 cm 19.1 5 12.7 2.5 6.4 W i d t h 0 0 o f 2.5 6.4 5 12.7 7.5 19.1 DS6707-DC 3.2 6.6 mil PDF417 10 mil QR Code 2.6 2.3 8.2 F i e l d 6.8 10 mil MicroPDF 7.5 PDF417 (10 mil) 11.1 2.4 Datamatrix (10 mil) 2.6 12.2 35 mil Maxicode 1.5 In . 0 cm 0 2.5 6.4 5 12.7 7.5 19.1 12.8 10 25.4 12.5 31.8 15 38.1 Depth of Field Figure 2-11 Symbol DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes 2 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbol DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes O O Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) on high quality symbols. DS6707-DP 3 mil Code 39 1.21 * 4 mil Code 39 1.83 * 5 mil Code 39 In . cm 2 5.1 1 2.5 W i d t h 0 0 o f 1 2.5 2 5.1 F i e l d 1.96 * 7.5 mil Code 39 * 10 mil Code 39 * 2.96 3.50 20 mil Code 39 * 13 mil 100% UPC * 6.21 3.59 6.67 mil PDF417 1.59 * 10 mil PDF417 * 0.92 In . 0 cm 0 2.21 15 mil PDF417 2 5.1 3.05 4 10.2 6 15.2 Depth of Field Figure 2-12 Symbol DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes Scanning 2 - 13 Symbol DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes O O Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) on high quality symbols. DS6707-DP * * * 4 mil Data Matrix * * * In . 0 cm 0 1.71 10 mil Data Matrix 0.25 0.64 0 0 0.25 0.64 0.5 1.27 0.75 1.9 o f F i e l d 2.13 1.25 7.5 mil QR Code 1.67 10 mil QR Code 0.5 1.27 1.27 W i d t h 1.0 5 mil QR Code * 0.5 1.29 7.5 mil Data Matrix 4 mil QR Code cm 1.9 1.0 5 mil Data Matrix * In . 0.75 1 2.54 2.0 1.5 3.81 2 5.08 2.5 6.35 Depth of Field Figure 2-13 Symbol DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes 2 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Symbol DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes O Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) on high quality symbols. O DS6707-HD 3 mil Code 39 2.42 0.84 0.42 0.29 4 mil Code 39 5 mil Code 39 3.38 7.5 mil Code 39 7.6 2 5.1 1 2.5 0 0 1 2.5 2 5.1 3 7.6 o f F i e l d 4.38 4.96 20 mil Code 39 0.42 13 mil 100% UPC/EAN 6.67 mil PDF417 0.63 10 mil PDF417 1.33 In . 0 cm 0 3 W i d t h 10 mil Code 39 0.59 0.46 cm 3.13 * 0.21 In . 5.13 3.10 3.54 15 mil PDF417 2 5.1 8.21 4 10.2 4.46 6 15.2 8 20.3 Depth of Field Figure 2-14 Symbol DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes Scanning 2 - 15 Symbol DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes O Note: Typical performance at 73.4O F (23 C) on high quality symbols. In . cm 1.5 3.81 1.0 2.54 0.5 1.27 0 DS6707-HD 1.04 4 mil Data Matrix 1.13 4 mil QR Code 1 2.54 1.5 3.81 2.54 1.5 3.81 2.54 3.00 10 mil QR Code 0.46 1.0 F i e l d 3.50 7.5 mil QR Code 0.67 1.27 o f 2.17 5 mil QR Code 0.88 0.5 1.27 3.00 10 mil Data Matrix 0.54 0.5 2.50 7.5 mil Data Matrix 0.50 In . 0 cm 0 2.13 5 mil Data Matrix 0.79 0 W i d t h 2 5.08 3.42 2.5 6.35 3 7.62 3.5 8.89 Depth of Field Figure 2-15 Symbol DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes 2 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 3 Maintenance & Technical Specifications Introduction This chapter provides suggested scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pinouts). Maintenance Cleaning the scan window is the only maintenance required. A dirty window can affect scanning accuracy. • Do not allow abrasive material to touch the window. • Remove any dirt particles with a damp cloth. • Wipe the window using a tissue moistened with ammonia/water. • Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the window. 3-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Troubleshooting Table 3-1 Troubleshooting Problem The aiming pattern does not appear when pressing the trigger. Possible Causes Possible Solutions No power to the digital imager scanner. If the configuration requires a power supply, re-connect the power supply. Incorrect host interface cable is used. Connect the correct host interface cable. Interface/power cables are loose. Re-connect cables. Digital imager scanner is disabled. See the technical person in charge of scanning. If using RS-232 Nixdorf B mode, CTS is not asserted. Assert CTS line. Aiming pattern is disabled. Enable the aiming pattern. See Decode Aiming Pattern on page 4-13. Scanner emits short low/short medium/short high beep sequence (power-up beep sequence) more than once. The USB bus may put the digital imager scanner in a state where power to the digital imager scanner is cycled on and off more than once. Normal during host reset. Digital imager scanner emits aiming pattern, but does not decode the bar code. Digital imager scanner is not programmed for the correct bar code type. Program the digital imager scanner to read that type of bar code. See Chapter 10, Symbologies. Bar code symbol is unreadable. Scan test symbols of the same bar code type to determine if the bar code is defaced. The symbol is not completely inside aiming pattern. Move the symbol completely within the aiming pattern. Digital imager scanner has not completed USB initialization. Wait several seconds and scan again. Digital imager scanner emits 4 short high beeps during decode attempt. Maintenance & Technical Specifications 3-3 Table 3-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem Possible Causes Digital imager scanner decodes bar code, but does not transmit the data to the host. Digital imager scanner is not programmed for the correct host type. Scan the appropriate host type programming bar code. See the chapter corresponding to the host type. Interface cable is loose. Re-connect the cable. If 4 long low beeps are heard, a transmission error occurred. Set the digital imager scanner's communication parameters to match the host's setting. If 5 low beeps are heard, a conversion or format error occurred. Configure the digital imager scanner's conversion parameters properly. If low/high/low beeps sound, an invalid ADF rule is detected. Program the correct ADF rules. If high/low beeps sound, the digital imager scanner is buffering Code 39 data. Normal scanning a Code 39 bar code and the Code 39 Buffering option is enabled. Digital imager scanner is not programmed to work with the host. Scan the appropriate host type programming bar code. Host displays scanned data incorrectly. Possible Solutions For RS-232, set the digital imager scanner's communication parameters to match the host's settings. Program the proper editing options (e.g., UPC-E to UPC-A Conversion). Digital imager scanner emits high/high/high/low beeps when not in use. RS-232 receive error. Normal during host reset. Otherwise, set the digital imager scanner's RS-232 parity to match the host setting. Digital imager scanner emits low/high beeps during programming. Input error or Cancel bar code was scanned. Scan the correct numeric bar codes within range for the parameter programmed. Digital imager scanner emits low/high/low/high beeps during programming. Out of ADF parameter storage space. Erase all rules and re-program with shorter rules. Digital imager scanner emits low/high/low beeps. Clearing Code 39 buffer. Normal when scanning the Code 39 Buffering Clear Buffer bar code or upon attempt to transmit an empty Code 39 buffer. Digital imager scanner emits a power-up beep after changing USB host type. The USB bus re-established power to the digital imager scanner. Normal when changing USB host type. Digital imager scanner emits one high beep when not in use. In RS-232 mode, a character was received and Beep on option is enabled. Normal when Beep on is enabled and the digital imager scanner is in RS-232 mode. 3-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide If after performing these checks the digital imager scanner still experiences problems, contact the distributor or contact Motorola Enterprise Mobility Support. See page xvii for the telephone numbers. NOTE Technical Specifications Table 3-2 Technical Specifications Item Description Physical Characteristics Dimensions Symbol DS6707-DP: All other models: 6.55 in. x 5.08 in. x 2.82 in. (16.6 cm x 12.9 cm x 7.1 cm) (H x L x W) 6.55 in. x 4.72 in. x 2.82 in. (16.6 cm x 11.9 cm x 7.1 cm) (H x L x W) Weight: Symbol DS6707-DP: All other models: 7.4 oz. (209 gm) 6.4 oz. (182 gm) Voltage & Current: 5 +/-10%VDC @ 350 mA Color Cash Register White or Twilight Black (DS6707-DP is only available in Cash Register White) Performance Characteristics Light Source Aiming: 650 nm laser diode Illumination: 630 nm LED Field of View (Vertical x Horizontal) Document Capture: 35º (V) x 44º (H) Standard Range, Direct Part Mark, High Density: 34º (V) x 43º (H) Roll Pitch Yaw 360º +/- 65º +/- 60º Symbology Decode Capability 1D UPC/EAN and with supplementals, Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Code 128, Code 128 Full ASCII, GS1-128, ISBT 128, Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Trioptic Code 39, Code 32, Code 93, Code 11, Interleaved 2 of 5, Discrete 2 of 5, Codabar (NW1), MSI, Chinese 2 of 5, Matrix 2 of 5, GS1 DataBar variants, IATA, Inverse 1D Postal US Postnet and Planet, UK Postal, Japan, Australian, Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, UPU FICS Postal PDF417 (& Variants) PDF417, MicroPDF417, Composite Codes 2D Data Matrix (ECC 200), MaxiCode, QR Code, Aztec DPM (DS6707-DP only) Data Matrix marks applied by dot peening; laser etch, ink marks, chemical etch, inkjet mold, cast and thermal spray Maintenance & Technical Specifications Table 3-2 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item Description Typical Working Distance: SR - Standard Range Focus 5 mil Code 39: 10 mil I 2 of 5: 13 mil 100% UPC/EAN: 20 mil Code 39: Postnet: 6.6 mil PDF417: 10 mil PDF417: 10 mil QR Code: 10 mil MicroPDF 10 mil Data Matrix: 35 mil Maxicode: 0.9 - 5.4 in. (2.3 - 13.7 cm) 1.0 - 7.9 in. (2.5 - 20.1 cm) 0.9 - 8.4 in. (2.3 - 21.3 cm) 0.9 - 12.9 in. (2.3 - 32.8 cm) 2.6 - 12.5 in. (6.6 - 31.8 cm) 3.4 - 5.7 in. (8.6 - 14.5 cm) 1.4 - 6.2 in. (3.6 - 15.7 cm) 2.6 - 6.8 in. (6.6 - 17.3 cm) 2.3 - 7.5 in. (5.8 - 19.1 cm) 1.1 - 7.5 in. (2.8 - 19.1 cm) 1.5 - 12.8 in. (3.8 - 32.5 cm) Typical Working Distance: DC - Document Capture focus 5 mil Code 39: 10 mil I 2 of 5: 13 mil 100% UPC/EAN: 20 mil Code 39: Postnet: 6.6 mil PDF417: 10 mil PDF417: 10 mil QR Code: 10 mil MicroPDF: 10 mil Data Matrix: 35 mil Maxicode: 2.6 - 8.4 in. (6.6 - 21.3 cm) 1.7 - 13.7 in. (4.3 - 34.8 cm) 0.9 - 14.7 in. (2.3 - 37.3 cm) 1.2 - 21.4 in. (3.0 - 54.4 cm) 2.6 - 12.5 in. (6.6 - 31.8 cm) 3.2 - 8.2 in. (8.1 - 20.8 cm) 2.4 - 11.1 in. (6.1 - 28.2 cm) 2.6 - 6.8 in. (6.6 - 17.3 cm) 2.3 - 7.5 in. (5.8 - 19.1 cm) 2.6 - 12.2 in. (6.6 - 31.0 cm) 1.5 - 12.8 in. (3.8 - 32.5 cm) Typical Working Distance: DP - Direct Part Mark focus 3 mil Code 39: 4 mil Code 39: 5 mil Code 39: 7.5 mil Code 39: 10 mil Code 39: 20 mil Code 39: 13 mil 100% UPC/EAN: 6.67 mil PDF417: 10 mil PDF417: 15 mil PDF417: 4 mil Data Matrix: 5 mil Data Matrix: 7.5 mil Data Matrix: 10 mil Data Matrix: 4 mil QR Code: 5 mil QR Code: 7.5 mil QR Code: 10 mil QR Code: Up to 1.21 in. (3.07 cm) Up to 1.83 in. (4.65 cm) Up to 1.96 in. (4.98 cm) Up to 2.96 in. (7.52 cm) Up to 3.50 in. (8.89 cm) Up to 6.21 in. (15.77 cm) Up to 3.59 in. (9.12 cm) Up to 1.59 in. (4.04 cm) Up to 2.21 in. (5.61 cm) 0.92 - 3.05 in. (2.34 - 7.75 cm) Up to 1.00 in. (2.54 cm) Up to 1.29 in. (3.28 cm) Up to 1.71 in. (4.34 cm) Up to 2.13 in. (5.41 cm) Up to 1.00 in. (2.54 cm) Up to 1.25 in. (3.18 cm) Up to 1.67 in. (4.24 cm) Up to 2.00 in. (5.08 cm) 3-5 3-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 3-2 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item Description Typical Working Distance: HD - High Density 3 mil Code 39: 4 mil Code 39: 5 mil Code 39: 7.5 mil Code 39: 10 mil Code 39: 20 mil Code 39: 13 mil 100% UPC: 6.67 mil PDF417: 10 mil PDF417: 15 mil PDF417: 4 mil Data Matrix: 5 mil Data Matrix: 7.5 mil Data Matrix: 10 mil Data Matrix: 4 mil QR Code: 5 mil QR Code: 7.5 mil QR Code: 10 mil QR Code: 0.84 - 2.42 in. (2.13 - 6.15 cm) 0.42 - 3.13 in. (1.07 - 7.95 cm) 0.29 - 3.38 in. (0.74 - 8.59 cm) Up to 4.38 in. (11.13 cm) 0.59 - 4.96 in. (1.50 - 12.60 cm) 0.42 - 8.21 in. (1.07 - 20.85 cm) 0.21 - 5.13 in. (0.53 - 13.03 cm) 0.63 - 3.10 in. (1.60 - 7.87 cm) 0.46 - 3.54 in. (1.17 - 9.00 cm) 1.33 - 4.46 in. (3.38 - 11.33 cm) 1.04 - 2.13 in. (2.64 - 5.41 cm) 0.79 - 2.50 in. (2.01 - 6.35 cm) 0.50 - 3.00 in. (1.27 - 7.62 cm) 0.54 - 3.50 in. (1.37 - 8.89 cm) 1.13 - 2.17 in. (2.87 - 5.51 cm) 0.88 - 2.54 in. (2.24 - 6.45 cm) 0.67 - 3.00 in. (1.70 - 7.62 cm) 0.46 - 3.42 in. (1.17 - 8.69 cm) Print Contrast 25% minimum reflectance Motion Tolerances Horizontal Velocity: 5 in. (12.7 cm) per second Interfaces Supported RS-232C (Standard, Nixdorf, ICL, & Fujitsu) and USB (Standard, IBM SurePOS, Macintosh) allows for connectivity to all of the above plus many non-standard interfaces. Imaging Characteristics Image (# of Pixels) 1.3 Mega Pixel: 1280 (H) x 1024 (V) Graphics Format Support Images can be exported as Bitmap, JPEG, and TIFF Image Transfer Speed USB 1.1: RS232: Image Transfer Time Typical USB application is ~ 0.2 seconds with a compressed JPEG of 100 kB Imaging Distance (Vertical x Horizontal) Documents Sizes: Minimum Distance (Approximate) 2.125 x 3.375 in. (5.4 x 8.6 cm) 2.4 in. (6.1 cm) 4 x 6 in. (10.2 x 15.2 cm) 5.7 in. (14.5 cm) 5 x 7 in. (12.7 x 17.8 cm) 11.9 in. (30.2 cm) 8½ x 11 (21.6 x 28 cm) 11.9 in. Ranges are from the nose of the scanner and are based on document capture focus only. Up to 12 Megabits/second Up to 115 kB Baud Rate Maintenance & Technical Specifications 3-7 Table 3-2 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item Description User Environment Operating Temperature 32º F to 104º F (0º C to 40º C) Storage Temperature -40º F to 158º F (-40º C to 70º C) Humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing Drop Specifications Withstands multiple 5 ft. (1.52 m) drops to concrete at operating temperature extremes, and multiple 6 ft. (1.8 m) drops to concrete at room temperature (23º C) Ambient Light Immunity Immune to normal artificial indoor and natural outdoor (direct sunlight) lighting. Regulatory Electrical Safety UL6950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN60950-1 / IEC60950-1 Laser Safety EN60825-1:1994 +A1: 2002 +A2 :2001, IEC60825-1, 21CFR1040.10 and 21CFR1040.11, CDRH Class II, IEC Class 2 EMI/RFI FCC Part 15 Class B, ICES-003 Class B, CISPR 22, CISPR 24 Medical Electrical Equipment: EN60601-1-2: 2002 RoHS Compliance with RoHS Directive 2002/95/EEC Mounting Options (Accessories) Intellistand with adjustable height: 5-10 in. (12.7-25.4 cm) and adjustable angle: 0º - 90º Desktop & Wall-mount holders are also available. Power Supplies Power supplies are available for applications that do not supply power over the host cable. 3-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Digital Imager Scanner Signal Descriptions Bottom of digital imager scanner Cable interface port Pin 1 Pin 10 Interface cable modular connector Figure 3-1 Digital Imager Scanner Cable Pinouts The signal descriptions in Table 3-3 apply to the connectors on the Symbol DS6707 digital imager scanner and are for reference only. Table 3-3 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Signal Pin-outs Pin RS-232/SSI USB 1 Reserved Jump to Pin 6 2 Power Power 3 Ground Ground 4 TxD Reserved 5 RxD D+ 6 RTS Jump to Pin 1 7 CTS D- 8 Reserved Reserved 9 Reserved Reserved 10 Reserved Reserved Chapter 4 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options Introduction You can program the digital imager scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes each user preference feature and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features. The digital imager scanner ships with the settings shown in Table 4-1 on page 4-2 (also see Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary. To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital imager scanner. NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. If not using a USB cable, select a host type after the power-up beeps sound. See Chapter 6, SSI Interface Chapter 7, USB Interface and Chapter 8, RS-232 Interface for specific host information. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host. To return all features to default values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values. * Indicates Default *High Volume (00h) Feature/Option Option Hex Value for programming via SSI command 4-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases, scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to set the beeper tone to high, scan the High Frequency (beeper tone) bar code listed under Beeper Tone on page 4-5. The digital imager scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters, such as Serial Response Time-Out or Data Transmission Formats, require scanning several bar codes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure. Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. User Preferences and Miscellaneous Options - Parameter Defaults Table 4-1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. There are two ways to change the default values: • Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, see the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. • Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar codes. See the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method. NOTE Table 4-1 See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. User Preferences Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number User Preferences Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults 4-4 Parameter Scanning ECh Enable 4-5 Beeper Tone 91h Medium 4-5 Beeper Volume 8Ch High 4-6 Power Mode 80h Continuous On 4-6 Time Delay to Low Power Mode 92h 1 Minute 4-7 Trigger Mode 8Ah Auto Aim 4-8 Picklist Mode F0h, 92h Disabled Always 4-9 Decode Session Timeout 88h 9.9 Sec 4-10 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 89h 0.6 Sec 4-10 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options Table 4-1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Beep After Good Decode 38h Enable 4-11 Decoding Illumination F0h, 2Ah Enable 4-11 DP Illumination F1h, 3Bh Auto 4-12 Decode Aiming Pattern F0h, 32h Enable 4-13 Fuzzy 1D Processing F1h, 02h Enable 4-13 Decode Mirror Images F1h, 19h Never 4-14 Transmit Code ID Character 2Dh None 4-15 Prefix Value 63h, 69h 7013 4-16 Suffix 1 Value Suffix 2 Value 62h, 68h 64h, 6Ah 7013 4-16 Scan Data Transmission Format EBh Data as is 4-17 FN1 Substitution Values 67h, 6Dh Set 4-18 Transmit “No Read” Message 5Eh Disable 4-19 Miscellaneous Options 4-3 4-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide User Preferences Set Default Parameter You can reset the Symbol DS6707 to two types of defaults: factory defaults or custom defaults. Scan the appropriate bar code below to reset the scanner to its default settings and/or set its current settings as custom defaults. • Restore Defaults - Scan this bar code to reset all default parameters as follows. • If you previously set custom defaults by scanning Write to Custom Defaults, scan Restore Defaults to retrieve and restore the scanner’s custom default settings. • If you did not set custom defaults, scan Restore Defaults to restore the factory default values listed in Table A-1. • Set Factory Defaults - Scan this bar code to restore the factory default values listed in Table A-1. This deletes any custom defaults set. • Write to Custom Defaults - Scan this bar code to set the current scanner settings as custom defaults. Once set, you can recover custom default settings by scanning Restore Defaults. *Restore Defaults Set Factory Defaults Write to Custom Defaults User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-5 Parameter Scanning Parameter # ECh To disable decoding of parameter bar codes, including the Set Defaults parameter bar codes, scan the Disable Parameter Scanning bar code below. To re-enable decoding of parameter bar codes, scan Enable Parameter Scanning. *Enable Parameter Scanning (01h) Disable Parameter Scanning (00h) Beeper Tone Parameter # 91h To select a decode beep frequency (tone), scan the Low Frequency, Medium Frequency, or High Frequency bar code. Low Frequency (02h) *Medium Frequency (Optimum Setting) (01h) High Frequency (00h) 4-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Beeper Volume Parameter # 8Ch To select a beeper volume, scan the Low Volume, Medium Volume, or High Volume bar code. Low Volume (02h) Medium Volume (01h) *High Volume (00h) Power Mode Parameter # 80h This parameter determines whether or not power remains on after a decode attempt. In reduced power mode, the digital imager scanner enters into a low power consumption mode to preserve battery life after each decode attempt. In continuous power mode, power remains on after each decode attempt. *Continuous On (00h) Reduced Power Mode (01h) User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-7 Time Delay to Low Power Mode Parameter # 92h NOTE This parameter only applies when Power Mode is set to Reduced Power. This parameter sets the time the digital imager scanner remains active after decoding. The digital imager scanner wakes upon trigger pull or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital imager scanner. 1 Second (11h) 5 Seconds (15h) *1 Minute (21h) 5 Minutes (25h) 15 Minutes (2Bh) 1 Hour (31h) 4-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Trigger Mode Parameter # 8Ah Select one of the following trigger modes for the digital imager scanner: • Level - A trigger pull activates decode processing. Decode processing continues until the bar code is decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Session Timeout is reached. • Blink - This trigger mode is used in presentation (hands-free) mode. The digital imager scanner activates decode processing when it detects a bar code in its field of view. Decoding range is reduced in this mode. • Auto Aim - This trigger mode turns on the red laser aiming pattern when the digital imager scanner senses motion. A trigger pull activates decode processing. After 2 seconds of inactivity the red laser aiming pattern automatically shuts off. • Host - A host command issues the triggering signal. The digital scanner interprets an actual trigger pull as a Level triggering option. Level (00h) Blink (07h) *Auto Aim (09h) Host (08h) User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-9 Picklist Mode Parameter # F0h 92h Picklist mode enables the digital imager scanner to decode only bar codes that are aligned under the laser crosshair. Select one of the following picklist modes for the digital imager scanner: • Disabled Always - Picklist mode is always disabled. • Enabled Out of Scanstand - Picklist mode is enabled when the digital imager scanner is out of presentation (scanstand) mode and disabled when the digital imager scanner is in presentation mode. • Enabled Always- Picklist mode is always enabled. *Disabled Always (00h) Enabled Out of Scanstand (01h) Enabled Always (02h) 4 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Session Timeout Parameter # 88h This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The default timeout is 9.9 seconds. To set a Decode Session Timeout, scan the bar code below. Next, scan two numeric bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired on time. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. For example, to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0.5 seconds, scan the bar code below, then scan the 0 and 5 bar codes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. Decode Session Timeout Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol Parameter # 89h Use this option in presentation (hands-free) mode to prevent the beeper from continuously beeping when a symbol is left in the digital imager scanner’s field of view. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.0 to 9.9 seconds. The default interval is 0.6 seconds. To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol, scan the bar code below, then scan two numeric bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second increments. Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 11 Beep After Good Decode Parameter # 38h Select a bar code below to choose whether or not the digital scanner beeps after a good decode (or image capture in Snapshot mode). If you select Do Not Beep After Good Decode, the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to indicate error conditions. *Beep After Good Decode (Enable) (01h) Do Not Beep After Good Decode (Disable) (00h) Decoding Illumination Parameter # F0h, 2Ah Selecting Enable Decoding Illumination causes the digital imager scanner to flash illumination to aid decoding. Select Disable Decoding Illumination to prevent the digital imager scanner from using decoding illumination. Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases. *Enable Decoding Illumination (01h) Disable Decoding Illumination (00h) 4 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide DP Illumination Parameter # F1h, 3Bh This parameter controls whether the digital imager scanner uses direct or indirect illumination. Options are: • Auto Illumination: Alternates direct and indirect illumination. • Direct Illumination: Optimizes scanning of symbols printed on low contrast or opaque surfaces. For best results, hold the scanner at an angle when scanning using this option. • Indirect Illumination: Optimizes scanning of symbols printed on mirror-like or shiny surfaces. *Auto Illumination (01h) Direct Illumination (02h) Indirect Illumination (03h) User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 13 Decode Aiming Pattern Parameter # F0h, 32h This parameter only applies when in Decode Mode. Select Enable Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern during bar code capture, or Disable Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off. NOTE With picklist enabled, the decode aiming pattern flashes even when the Decode Aiming Pattern is disabled. *Enable Decode Aiming Pattern (02h) Disable Decode Aiming Pattern (00h) Fuzzy 1D Processing Parameter # F1h 02h This option is enabled by default to optimize decode performance on 1D bar codes, including damaged and poor quality symbols. Disable this only if you experience time delays when decoding 2D bar codes, or in detecting a no decode. *Enable Fuzzy 1D Processing (01h) Disable Fuzzy 1D Processing (00h) 4 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) Parameter # F1h 19h Select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix bar codes: • Always - decode only Data Matrix bar codes that are mirror images • Never - do not decode Data Matrix bar codes that are mirror images • Auto - decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix bar codes. *Never (00h) Always (01h) Auto (02h) User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 15 Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters Transmit Code ID Character Parameter # 2Dh A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned bar code. This is useful when the digital imager scanner is decoding more than one code type. In addition to any single character prefix already selected, the Code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol. Select no Code ID character, a Symbol Code ID character, or an AIM Code ID character. For Code ID Characters, see Symbol Code Identifiers on page B-1 and AIM Code Identifiers on page B-3. Symbol Code ID Character (02h) AIM Code ID Character (01h) *None (00h) 4 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Prefix/Suffix Values Key Category Parameter # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2 = 64h Decimal Value Parameter # P = 69h, S1 = 68h, S2 = 6Ah You can append a prefix and/or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing. To set a value for a prefix or suffix, scan a four-digit number (i.e., four bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes) that corresponds to that value. See Table E-1 on page E-1 for the four-digit codes. When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the 3-digit decimal value. See Table E-1 on page E-1 for the four-digit codes. To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. NOTE To use Prefix/Suffix values, first set the Scan Data Transmission Format on page 4-17. Scan Prefix (07h) Scan Suffix 1 (06h) Scan Suffix 2 (08h) Data Format Cancel User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 17 Scan Data Transmission Format Parameter # EBh To change the scan data format, scan one of the following bar codes corresponding to the desired format. NOTE If using this parameter, do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix. To set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix Values on page 4-16. *Data As Is (00h) (01h) (02h) (03h) (04h) 4 - 18 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Scan Data Transmission Format (continued) (05h) (06h) (07h) FN1 Substitution Values Key Category Parameter # 67h Decimal Value Parameter # 6Dh The Wedge and USB HID Keyboard hosts support a FN1 Substitution feature. Enabling this substitutes any FN1 character (0x1b) in a GS1-128 bar code with a user-defined value. This value defaults to 7013 (Enter Key). When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the 3-digit keystroke value. See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the desired value. To select a FN1 substitution value via bar code menus: 1. Scan the bar code below. Set FN1 Substitution Value 2. Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface. Enter the 4-digit ASCII value by scanning each digit in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel. To enable FN1 substitution for USB HID keyboard, scan the Enable FN1 Substitution bar code on page 4-18. User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 19 Transmit “No Read” Message Parameter # 5Eh Scan a bar code below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Enable this to transmit the characters NR when a bar code is not decoded. Disable this to send nothing to the host if a symbol does not decode. Enable No Read (01h) *Disable No Read (00h) 4 - 20 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 5 Imaging Preferences Introduction You can program the digital imager scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This chapter describes imaging preference features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features. The digital imager scanner ships with the settings in Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 5-2 (also see Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary. To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital imager scanner. NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. If not using a USB cable, select a host type after the power-up beeps sound. See Chapter 6, SSI Interface, Chapter 7, USB Interface and Chapter 8, RS-232 Interface for specific host information. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connecting to a new host. To return all features to default values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values. * Indicates Default *Enable Decode Aiming Pattern (02h) Feature/Option Option Hex Value for programming via SSI command 5-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to disable the decode aiming pattern, scan the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern bar code under Decode Aiming Pattern on page 4-13. The digital imager scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters require scanning several bar codes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure. Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults Table 5-1 lists the defaults for imaging preferences parameters. There are two ways to change the default values: • Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. • Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar codes. See the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method. NOTE Table 5-1 See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults Parameter Number Parameter Default Page Number Imaging Preferences Operational Modes N/A N/A 5-4 Low Light Enhancement F1h 64h Disable 5-5 Presentation Mode Field of View F1h 61h Default (Reduced) 5-5 Image Capture Autoexposure F0h 68h Enable 5-6 Image Capture Illumination F0h 69h Enable 5-6 Illumination Bank Control F1h 3Bh Full 5-7 Fixed Exposure F4h F1h 37h 100 5-8 Fixed Gain F1h 38h 50 5-8 Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode F1h 32h Autodetect 5-9 Snapshot Mode Timeout F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) 5-10 Imaging Preferences Table 5-1 5-3 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Number Parameter Default Page Number Snapshot Aiming Pattern F0h 2Ch Enable 5-10 Image Cropping F0h 2Dh Disable 5-11 Crop to Pixel Addresses F4h F0h 3Bh; F4h F0h 3Ch; F4h F0h 3Dh; F4h F0h 3Eh 0 top, 0 left, 1023 bottom, 1279 right 5-12 Image Size (Number of Pixels) F0h 2Eh Full 5-13 Image Brightness (Target White) F0h 86h 180 5-14 JPEG Image Options F0h 2Bh Quality 5-14 JPEG Target File Size F1h 31h 160 kB 5-15 JPEG Quality and Size Value F0h 31h 65 5-15 Image Enhancement F1h 34h Off (0) 5-16 Image File Format Selection F0h 30h JPEG 5-17 Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 2Fh 8 BPP 5-18 Signature Capture 5Dh Disable 5-19 Signature Capture Image File Format Selection F0h 39h JPEG 5-20 Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 3Ah 8 BPP 5-21 Signature Capture Width F4h F0h 6Eh 400 5-22 Signature Capture Height F4h F0h 6Fh 100 5-22 Signature Capture JPEG Quality F0h A5h 65 5-22 Video View Finder F0h 44h Disable 5-23 Target Video Frame Size F0h 48h 2200 bytes 5-23 Video View Finder Image Size F0h 49h 1700 bytes 5-24 5-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Imaging Preferences The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics. Image capture occurs in all modes of operation, including decode, video, and snapshot. Operational Modes The digital imager scanner has three modes of operation: • Decode Mode • Snapshot Mode • Video Mode. Decode Mode By default, when you pull the trigger the digital imager scanner attempts to locate and decode enabled bar codes within its field of view. The digital imager scanner remains in this mode until it decodes a bar code or you release the trigger. Snapshot Mode Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high-quality image and transmit it to the host. To temporarily enter this mode scan the Snapshot Mode bar code. While in this mode the digital imager scanner blinks the green LED at 1-second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating (decode) mode. In Snapshot Mode, the digital imager scanner turns on its laser aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in the image. The next trigger pull instructs the digital imager scanner to capture a high quality image and transmit it to the host. A short time may pass (less than 2 seconds) between when the trigger is pulled and the image is captured as the digital imager scanner adjusts to the lighting conditions. Hold the digital imager scanner steady until the image is captured, denoted by a single beep. If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period, the digital imager scanner returns to Decode Mode. Use Snapshot Mode Timeout on page 5-10 to adjust this timeout period. The default timeout period is 30 seconds. To disable the laser aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode, see Snapshot Aiming Pattern on page 5-10. Video Mode In this mode the digital imager scanner behaves as a video camera as long as you press the trigger. Release the trigger to return the digital imager scanner to Decode Mode. Scan this bar code to temporarily enter Video Capture Mode. Snapshot Mode Video Mode Imaging Preferences 5-5 Low Light Enhancement Parameter # F1h, 64h In presentation mode, selecting Enable Low Light Enhancement causes illumination to remain on at a low level in low lighting conditions. Select Disable Low Light Enhancement to prevent illumination from remaining on under these conditions. Enable Low Light Enhancement (01h) *Disable Low Light Enhancement (00h) Presentation Mode Field of View Parameter # F1h, 61h In presentation mode, the scanner searches for a bar code in a smaller region around the aiming pattern’s center cross to speed search time. To use a full field of view, scan Presentation Mode Full Field of View. This allows the scanner to search the larger area of the aiming pattern. *Presentation Mode Default Field of View (01h) Presentation Mode Full Field of View (02h) 5-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Image Capture Autoexposure Parameter # F0h, 68h Select Enable Image Capture Autoexposure to allow the digital imager scanner to control gain settings and exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for the selected operation mode. Select Disable Image Capture Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time (see the following pages). This option is only recommended for advanced users with difficult image capture situations. *Enable Image Capture Autoexposure (01h) Disable Image Capture Autoexposure (00h) Image Capture Illumination Parameter # F0h, 69h Selecting Enable Image Capture Illumination causes the digital imager scanner to flash on every image capture. Select Disable Image Capture Illumination to prevent the digital imager scanner from using artificial illumination. Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the distance to the target increases. *Enable Image Capture Illumination (01h) Disable Image Capture Illumination (00h) Imaging Preferences Illumination Bank Control Parameter # F1h, 3Bh This parameter controls the illumination banks on the scan engine. Options are: • Full: Enables the full illumination system (default). • Auto: Switches the illumination system from left to right bank. • Left: Enables the left bank. • Right: Enables the right bank. *Full (00h) Auto (01h) Left (02h) Right (03h) 5-7 5-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Fixed Exposure Parameter #: F4h F1h 37h Type: Word Range: 5 - 5000 This parameter configures the exposure used in manual mode for both Decode and Snapshot/Video/Video viewfinder modes. Each integer value represents 100 μs worth of exposure. The default value is 100 which results in an exposure setting of 10 ms. To set the Fixed Exposure parameter, scan Fixed Exposure followed by four numeric bar codes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99, scan 0, 0, 9, 9. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes. Fixed Exposure (4 digits) Fixed Gain Parameter #: F1h 38h Type: Byte Range 1 - 100 This parameter configures the gain setting used in manual mode for both Decode and Snapshot/Video/Video viewfinder modes. A value of 1 indicates that gain is not used for image capture. A value of 100 indicates that maximum gain is used for image capture. The default value of this parameter is 50. To set the Fixed Gain parameter, scan Fixed Gain below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Gain value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes. Fixed Gain Imaging Preferences 5-9 Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode Parameter # F1h, 32h This parameter alters the digital imager scanner’s gain exposure priority when it acquires an image in Snapshot Mode in auto exposure mode. • Scan Low Exposure Priority to set a mode in which the digital imager scanner favors higher gain over exposure to capture an image. This results in an image that is less susceptible to motion blur at the expense of noise artifacts. However, for most applications, the amount of noise is acceptable. • Scan Low Gain Priority to set a mode in which the digital imager scanner favors longer exposure time rather than higher gain to capture an image. This ensures that the image is less noisy and produces fewer artifacts during post processing activities like image enhancement (sharpening). The mode is recommended for fixed mount / fixed object image capture since the image acquired is susceptible to motion blur. • Scan Autodetect (default) to set a mode in which the digital imager scanner automatically selects Gain Priority or Low Exposure Priority mode for Snapshot Mode. If the digital imager scanner is in a magnetic read switch enabled stand (or it is configured in Blink Mode), it uses Low Gain Priority mode. Otherwise, it uses the Low Exposure Priority mode. Low Gain Priority (0) Low Exposure Priority (1) * Autodetect (2) 5 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Snapshot Mode Timeout Parameter # F0h, 43h This parameter sets the amount of time the digital imager scanner remains in Snapshot Mode. The digital imager scanner exits Snapshot Mode when you pull the trigger, or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses. To set this timeout value, scan the bar code below followed by a bar code from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds; values increment by 30. For example, 1 = 60 seconds, 2 = 90 seconds, etc. Snapshot Mode Timeout Snapshot Aiming Pattern Parameter # F0h, 2Ch Select Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode, or Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off. *Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern (01h) Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern (00h) Imaging Preferences 5 - 11 Image Cropping Parameter # F0h, 2Dh This parameter crops a captured image. Select Disable Image Cropping to present the full 1280 x 1024 pixels. Select Enable Image Cropping to crop the image to the pixel addresses set in Crop to Pixel Addresses on page 5-12. NOTE The digital scanner has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels. Setting the cropping area to less than 3 pixels transfers the entire image. Enable Image Cropping (01h) *Disable Image Cropping (Use Full 1280 x 1024 Pixels) (00h) 5 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Crop to Pixel Addresses Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Bh (Top) Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Ch (Left) Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Dh (Bottom) Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Eh (Right) If you selected Enable Image Cropping, set the pixel addresses from (0,0) to (1279,1023) to crop to. Columns are numbered from 0 to 1279, rows from 0 to 1023. Specify four values for Top, Left, Bottom, and Right, where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses, and Left and Right correspond to column pixel addresses. For example, for a 4 row x 8 column image in the extreme bottom-right section of the image set the following values: Top = 1020, Bottom = 1023, Left = 1272, Right = 1279 To set the crop to pixel address, scan each pixel address bar code below followed by four numeric bar codes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to crop the top pixel address to 3, scan 0, 0, 0, 3. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes. Top Pixel Address (0 - 1023 Decimal) Left Pixel Address (0 - 1279 Decimal) Bottom Pixel Address (0 - 1023 Decimal) Right Pixel Address (0 - 1279 Decimal) Imaging Preferences 5 - 13 Image Size (Number of Pixels) Parameter # F0h, 2Eh This option alters image resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution. Select one of the following values: Resolution Value Uncropped Image Size Full 1280 x 1024 1/2 640 x 512 1/4 320 x 160 *Full Resolution (00h) 1/2 Resolution (01h) 1/4 Resolution (03h) 5 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Image Brightness (Target White) Parameter # F0h 86h Type: Byte Range: 1 - 240 This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot, Video and Video Viewfinder mode when using auto exposure. White and black are defined as 255 decimal and 0, respectively. Setting the value to the factory default of 180 sets the white level of the image to ~180. To set the Image Brightness parameter, scan Image Brightness below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes. *180 Image Brightness (3 digits) JPEG Image Options Parameter # F0h, 2Bh Select an option to optimize JPEG images for either size or for quality. Scan the JPEG Quality Selector bar code to enter a quality value; the digital imager scanner then selects the corresponding image size. Scan the JPEG Size Selector bar code to enter a size value; the digital imager scanner then selects the best image quality. *JPEG Quality Selector (01h) JPEG Size Selector (00h) Imaging Preferences 5 - 15 JPEG Target File Size Parameter # F4h, F1h, 31h Type: Word Range: 5-600 This parameter defines the target JPEG file size in terms 1 Kilobytes (1024 bytes). The default value is 160 kB which represents 160 Kilobytes. ! CAUTION JPEG compress may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target image. Scanning JPEG Quality Selector (default setting) on page 5-14 produces a compressed image that is consistent in quality and compression time. To set the JPEG Target File Size parameter, scan JPEG Target File Size below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9 in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. *JPEG Target File Size (3 digits) JPEG Quality and Size Value JPEG Quality = Parameter # F0h, 31h If you selected JPEG Quality Selector, scan the JPEG Quality Value bar code followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value from 5 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image. JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065) (5 - 100 Decimal) 5 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Image Enhancement Parameter # F1h, 34h This parameter configures the digital imager scanner's Image Enhance feature. This feature uses a combination of edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an image that is visually pleasing. The levels of image enhancement are: • Off (0) - Default • Low(1) • Med(2) • High(3). *Off (0) Low (1) Medium (2) High (3) Imaging Preferences 5 - 17 Image File Format Selector Parameter # F0h, 30h Select an image format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital imager scanner stores captured images in the selected format. BMP File Format (03h) *JPEG File Format (01h) TIFF File Format (04h) 5 - 18 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Bits Per Pixel Parameter # F0h, 2Fh Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select 1 BPP for a black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel. NOTE The digital imager scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP. The digital imager scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support 4 BPP and 8 BPP. 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats. 1 BPP (00h) 4 BPP (01h) *8 BPP (02h) Imaging Preferences 5 - 19 Signature Capture Parameter # 5Dh A signature capture bar code is a special-purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area in a document with a machine-readable format. The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide an index to various signatures. The region inside the bar code pattern is considered the signature capture area. Output File Format Decoding a signature capture bar code de-skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP, JPEG, or TIFF file format. The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature image. File Descriptor Output Format (1 byte) Signature Type (1 byte) Signature Image Size (4 bytes) (BIG Endian) JPEG - 1 BMP - 3 TIFF - 4 1-8 0x00000400 Signature Image 0x00010203…. To enable or disable Signature Capture, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Signature Capture (01h) *Disable Signature Capture (00h) 5 - 20 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Signature Capture File Format Selector Parameter # F0h, 39h Select a signature file format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital imager scanner stores captured signatures in the selected format. BMP Signature Format (03h) *JPEG Signature Format (01h) TIFF Signature Format (04h) Imaging Preferences 5 - 21 Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel Parameter # F0h, 3Ah Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing a signature. Select 1 BPP for a black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey to each pixel. NOTE The digital imager scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP. The digital imager scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support 4 BPP and 8 BPP. 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats. 1 BPP (00h) 4 BPP (01h) *8 BPP (02h) 5 - 22 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Signature Capture Width Parameter # F4h, F0h, 6Eh The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match that of the signature capture area. For example, a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area would require a 4 to 1 aspect ratio of width to height. To set the width of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Width bar code, followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value in the range of 001 to 640 decimal. Signature Capture Width (Default: 400) (001 - 640 Decimal) Signature Capture Height Parameter # F4h, F0h, 6Fh To set the height of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Height bar code, followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value in the range of 001 to 480 decimal. Signature Capture Height (Default: 100) (001 - 480 Decimal) Signature Capture JPEG Quality Parameter # F0h, A5h Scan the JPEG Quality Value bar code followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value from 005 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image. JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065) (5 - 100 Decimal) Imaging Preferences 5 - 23 Video View Finder Parameter # F0h, 44h Select Enable Video View Finder to project the video view finder while in Video Mode, or Disable Video View Finder to turn the video view finder off. *Disable Video View Finder (00h) Enable Video View Finder (01h) Target Video Frame Size Parameter # F0h, 48h Select the number of 100-byte blocks to transmit per second. Selecting a smaller value transmits more frames per second but reduces video quality; selecting a larger value increases video quality but slows transmission. To set the Target Video Frame Size, scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 3300 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 9. Target Video Frame Size 5 - 24 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Video View Finder Image Size Parameter # F0h, 49h Select the number of 100-byte blocks. Values range from 800 to 3000 bytes. Selecting a smaller value transmits more frames per second; selecting a larger value increases video quality. To set the Video View Finder Image Size, scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 3000 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 9. Video View Finder Image Size Chapter 6 SSI Interface Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a Simple Serial Interface (SSI) host. When using SSI, program the digital imager scanner via bar code menu or SSI host commands. Throughout the programming bar code menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*). * Indicates Default *Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option (06h) Option Hex Value for programming via SSI command NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. 6-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting Using Simple Serial Interface Connect the digital imager scanner to an SSI host. Interface Cable Serial Port Connector to Host Power Supply Cable Figure 6-1 SSI Host Connection 1. Attach the modular connector of the interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital imager scanner (see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3). 2. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the serial port on the host. 3. Connect the power supply to the serial connector end of the interface cable. Plug the power supply into an appropriate outlet. 4. Scan the appropriate baud rate bar code from Baud Rate on page 6-4 that matches the host’s baud rate setting. 5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter. SSI Interface 6-3 Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters Table 6-1 lists the defaults for the SSI host. There are two ways to change the default values: • Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. • Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar codes. See the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method. NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 6-1 SSI Interface Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Baud Rate 9Ch 9600 6-4 Parity 9Eh None 6-6 Check Parity 97h Enable 6-7 Software Handshaking 9Fh ACK/NAK 6-7 Host RTS Line State 9Ah Low 6-8 Decode Data Packet Format EEh Send Raw Decode Data 6-8 Stop Bits 9Dh 1 6-9 Host Serial Response Time-out 9Bh 2 sec 6-10 Host Character Time-out EFh 200 msec 6-11 Multipacket Option F0h 4Eh Option 1 6-12 Interpacket Delay F0h 4Fh 0 ms 6-13 Decode Event F0h 00h Disable 6-14 Boot Up Event F0h 02h Disable 6-15 Parameter Event F0h 03h Disable 6-15 Event Reporting NOTE SSI interprets Prefix, Suffix1, and Suffix2 values listed in Table A-1 on page A-1 differently than other interfaces. SSI does not recognize key categories, only the 3-digit decimal value. The default value of 7013 is interpreted as CR only. 6-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide SSI Host Parameters Baud Rate Parameter # 9Ch Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the digital imager scanner's baud rate to match the data rate setting of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host or may reach it in distorted form. To enable the SSI host, scan the appropriate baud rate bar code that matches the baud rate setting of the host device. Baud Rate 600 (02h) Baud Rate 1200 (03h) Baud Rate 2400 (04h) Baud Rate 4800 (05h) *Baud Rate 9600 (06h) SSI Interface Baud Rate (continued) Baud Rate 19,200 (07h) 38,400 (08h) 57,600 (0Ah) 115,200 (0Bh) 230,400 (0Ch) 6-5 6-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Parity Parameter # 9Eh A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to host device requirements. • Select Odd parity to set the parity bit to a value 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character contains an odd number of 1 bits. • Select Even parity to set the parity bit to a value 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character contains an even number of 1 bits. • If no parity is required, select None. Odd (00h) Even |(01h) *None (04h) SSI Interface 6-7 Check Parity Parameter # 97h Select whether or not to check the parity of received characters. Use the Parity parameter to select the type of parity. *Check Parity (01h) Do Not Check Parity (00h) Software Handshaking Parameter # 9Fh This parameter offers control of the data transmission process in addition to that offered by hardware handshaking. Hardware handshaking is always enabled and cannot be disabled by the user. • Disable ACK/NAK Handshaking: If you select this option, the decoder neither generates nor expects ACK/NAK handshaking packets. • Enable ACK/NAK Handshaking: If you select this option, after transmitting data, the digital imager scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. The digital imager scanner also ACKs or NAKs messages from the host. The digital imager scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an ACK or NAK. If the scanner does not get a response in this time, it resends its data up to two times before discarding the data and declaring a transmit error. Disable ACK/NAK (00h) *Enable ACK/NAK (01h) 6-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Host RTS Line State Parameter # 9Ah This parameter sets the expected idle state of the Serial Host RTS line. The SSI Interface is used with host applications which also implement the SSI protocol. However, you can also use the digital imager scanner in a "scan-and-transmit" mode to communicate with any standard serial communication software on a host PC (see Decode Data Packet Format on page 6-8). If transmission errors occur in this mode, the host PC may be asserting hardware handshaking lines which interfere with the SSI protocol. Scan the Host: RTS High bar code to address this problem. *Host: RTS Low (00h) Host: RTS High (01h) Decode Data Packet Format Parameter # EEh This parameter selects whether to transmit decoded data in raw format (unpacketed), or with the packet format defined by the serial protocol. Selecting the raw format disables ACK/NAK handshaking for decode data. *Send Raw Decode Data (00h) Send Packeted Decode Data (01h) SSI Interface 6-9 Stop Bit Select Parameter # 9Dh The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving (host) device for the next character in the serial data stream. Set the number of stop bits (one or two) to match host device requirements. *1 Stop Bit (01h) 2 Stop Bits (02h) 6 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Host Serial Response Time-out Parameter # 9Bh This parameter specifies how long the decoder waits for an ACK or NAK before resending. Also, if the decoder wants to send, and the host was already granted permission to send, the decoder waits for the designated time-out before declaring an error. To set the delay period (options are 2, 5, 7.5, or 9.9 seconds), scan one of the following bar codes. NOTE Other values are available via SSI command. *Low - 2 Seconds (14h) Medium - 5 Seconds (32h) High - 7.5 Seconds (4Bh) Maximum - 9.9 Seconds (63h) SSI Interface 6 - 11 Host Character Time-out Parameter # EFh This parameter determines the maximum time the decoder waits between characters transmitted by the host before discarding the received data and declaring an error. To set the delay period (options are 200, 500, 750, or 990 ms), scan one of the following bar codes. NOTE Other values are available via SSI command. *Low - 200 ms (0Ah) Medium - 500 ms (32h) High - 750 ms (4Bh) Maximum - 990 ms (63h) 6 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Multipacket Option Parameter # F0h, 4Eh This parameter controls ACK/NAK handshaking for multi-packet transmissions. • Multi-Packet Option 1: The host sends an ACK / NAK for each data packet during a multi-packet transmission. • Multi-Packet Option 2: The digital imager scanner sends data packets continuously, with no ACK/NAK handshaking to pace the transmission. The host, if overrun, can use hardware handshaking to temporarily delay digital imager scanner transmissions. At the end of transmission, the digital imager scanner waits for a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK. • Multi-Packet Option 3: Option 3 is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable interpacket delay. *Multipacket Option 1 (00h) Multipacket Option 2 (01h) Multipacket Option 3 (02h) SSI Interface 6 - 13 Interpacket Delay Parameter # F0h, 4Fh This parameter specifies the interpacket delay when Multipacket Option 3 is selected. To set the delay period (options are 0, 25, 50, 75, or 99 ms), scan one of the following bar codes. NOTE Other values are available via SSI command. *Minimum - 0 ms (00h) Low - 25 ms (19h) Medium - 50 ms (32h) High - 75 ms (4Bh) Maximum - 99 ms (63h) 6 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Event Reporting The host can request the digital imager scanner to provide certain information (events) relative to the digital imager scanner’s behavior. Enable or disable the events listed in Table 6-2 and on the following pages by scanning the appropriate bar codes. Table 6-2 Event Codes Event Class Event Code Reported Decode Event Non parameter decode 0x01 Boot Up Event System power-up 0x03 Parameter Event Parameter entry error Parameter stored Defaults set (and parameter event is enabled by default) Number expected 0x07 0x08 0x0A 0x0F Decode Event Parameter # F0h, 00h When enabled, the digital imager scanner generates a message to the host when it successfully decodes a bar code. When disabled, no notification is sent. Enable Decode Event (01h) *Disable Decode Event (00h) SSI Interface 6 - 15 Boot Up Event Parameter # F0h, 02h When enabled, the digital imager scanner generates a message to the host when power is applied. When disabled, no notification is sent. Enable Boot Up Event (01h) *Disable Boot Up Event (00h) Parameter Event Parameter # F0h, 03h When enabled, the digital imager scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified in Table 6-2 on page 6-14 occurs. When disabled, no notification is sent. Enable Parameter Event (01h) *Disable Parameter Event (00h) 6 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 7 USB Interface Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a USB host. The digital imager scanner connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub, which powers it. No additional power supply is required. Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values. *Indicates Default NOTE *North American Standard USB Keyboard Feature/Option Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. 7-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting a USB Interface Interface Cable USB Series A Connector Figure 7-1 USB Connection The digital imager scanner connects with USB-capable hosts including: • Desktop PCs and notebooks • Apple™ iMac, G4, iBooks (North America only) • IBM SurePOS terminals • Sun, IBM, and other network computers that support more than one keyboard. The following operating systems support the digital imager scanner through USB: • Windows® 98, 2000, ME, XP • MacOS 8.5 - MacOS 10.3 • IBM 4690 OS. The digital imager scanner also interfaces with other USB hosts which support USB Human Interface Devices (HID). For more information on USB technology, hosts, and peripheral devices, visit www.symbol.com/usb. To set up the digital imager scanner: NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 7-1 are examples only. The connectors may be different than those illustrated, but the steps to connect the scanner are the same. 1. Connect the modular connector of the USB interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital imager scanner (see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3). 2. Plug the series A connector in the USB host or hub, or plug the Plus Power connector in an available port of the IBM SurePOS terminal. 3. Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate bar code from USB Device Type on page 7-4. 4. On first installation when using Windows, the software prompts to select or install the Human Interface Device driver. To install this driver, provided by Windows, click Next through all the choices and click Finished on the last choice. The digital imager scanner powers up during this installation. 5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter. If problems occur with the system, see Troubleshooting on page 3-2. USB Interface USB Parameter Defaults Table 7-1 lists the defaults for USB host parameters. To change an option, scan the appropriate bar code(s) provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on page 7-4. NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 7-1 USB Interface Parameter Defaults Parameter Default Page Number USB Host Parameters USB Device Type HID Keyboard Emulation 7-4 Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking Enable 7-5 USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) North American 7-6 USB Keystroke Delay No Delay 7-8 USB CAPS Lock Override Disable 7-8 USB Ignore Unknown Characters Enable 7-9 Emulate Keypad Disable 7-9 Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Disable 7-10 USB FN1 Substitution Disable 7-10 Function Key Mapping Disable 7-11 Simulated Caps Lock Disable 7-11 Convert Case No Case Conversion 7-12 7-3 7-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide USB Host Parameters USB Device Type Select the desired USB device type. NOTE When changing USB Device Types, the digital imager scanner automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences. *HID Keyboard Emulation IBM Table Top USB IBM Hand-Held USB USB OPOS Handheld Simple COM Port Emulation USB Interface 7-5 USB Device Type (continued) Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type, select whether to enable or disable status handshaking. *Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking 7-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) Scan the bar code corresponding to the keyboard type. This setting applies only to the USB HID Keyboard Emulation device. NOTE When changing USB country keyboard types the digital imager scanner automatically resets and issues the standard startup beep sequences. *North American Standard USB Keyboard German Windows French Windows French Canadian Windows 95/98 French Canadian Windows 2000/XP USB Interface USB Country Keyboard Types (continued) Spanish Windows Italian Windows Swedish Windows UK English Windows Japanese Windows (ASCII) Portuguese-Brazilian Windows 7-7 7-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide USB Keystroke Delay This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a bar code below to increase the delay when hosts require slower data transmission. *No Delay Medium Delay (20 msec) Long Delay (40 msec) USB CAPS Lock Override This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device. Enable this to preserve the case of the data regardless of the state of the Caps Lock key. This setting is always enabled for the Japanese, Windows (ASCII) keyboard type and can not be disabled. Override Caps Lock Key (Enable) *Do Not Override Caps Lock Key (Disable) USB Interface 7-9 USB Ignore Unknown Characters This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. Select Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send all bar code data except for unknown characters. The scanner sounds no error beeps. If you select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters, for IBM devices, bar codes containing at least one unknown character are not sent to the host, and the scanner sounds an error beep. For HID Keyboard Emulation devices, the bar code characters up to the unknown character are sent, and the scanner sounds an error beep. *Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters (Transmit) Do Not Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters (Disable) Emulate Keypad Enable this to send all characters as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example ASCII A transmits as “ALT make” 0 6 5 “ALT Break”. *Disable Keypad Emulation Enable Keypad Emulation 7 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Enable this to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a leading zero. For example ASCII A transmits as “ALT MAKE” 0 0 6 5 “ALT BREAK”. *Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution This option applies only to the USB HID Keyboard Emulation device. Enable this to replace any FN 1 characters in a GS1-128 bar code with a user-selected Key Category and value (see FN1 Substitution Values on page 4-18 to set the Key Category and Key Value). Enable *Disable USB Interface 7 - 11 Function Key Mapping ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control-key sequences (see Table 7-2 on page 7-13). Enable this to send the keys in bold in place of the standard key mapping. Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not you enable this parameter. *Disable Function Key Mapping Enable Function Key Mapping Simulated Caps Lock Enable this to invert upper and lower case characters on the bar code as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion occurs regardless of the state of the keyboard’s Caps Lock key. *Disable Simulated Caps Lock Enable Simulated Caps Lock 7 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Convert Case Enable this to convert all bar code data to the selected case. *No Case Conversion Convert All to Upper Case Convert All to Lower Case USB Interface 7 - 13 ASCII Character Set for USB Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values Prefix/ Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char.acter Keystroke 1000 %U CTRL 2 1001 $A CTRL A 1002 $B CTRL B 1003 $C CTRL C 1004 $D CTRL D 1005 $E CTRL E 1006 $F CTRL F 1007 $G CTRL G 1008 $H CTRL H/BACKSPACE1 1009 $I CTRL I/HORIZONTAL TAB1 1010 $J CTRL J 1011 $K CTRL K 1012 $L CTRL L 1013 $M CTRL M/ENTER1 1014 $N CTRL N 1015 $O CTRL O 1016 $P CTRL P 1017 $Q CTRL Q 1018 $R CTRL R 1019 $S CTRL S 1020 $T CTRL T 1021 $U CTRL U 1022 $V CTRL V 1023 $W CTRL W 1024 $X CTRL X 1 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 7-11. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits. 7 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/ Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char.acter Keystroke 1025 $Y CTRL Y 1026 $Z CTRL Z 1027 %A CTRL [/ESC1 1028 %B CTRL \ 1029 %C CTRL ] 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL - 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 - - 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 7-11. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits. USB Interface 7 - 15 Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/ Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char.acter Keystroke 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 7-11. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits. 7 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/ Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char.acter Keystroke 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L \ 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ` 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 7-11. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits. USB Interface 7 - 17 Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/ Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char.acter Keystroke 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ 1 The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping on page 7-11. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits. Table 7-3 USB ALT Key Character Set ALT Keys Keystroke 2064 ALT 2 2065 ALT A 2066 ALT B 2067 ALT C 2068 ALT D 2069 ALT E 2070 ALT F 2071 ALT G 7 - 18 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 7-3 USB ALT Key Character Set (Continued) ALT Keys Keystroke 2072 ALT H 2073 ALT I 2074 ALT J 2075 ALT K 2076 ALT L 2077 ALT M 2078 ALT N 2079 ALT O 2080 ALT P 2081 ALT Q 2082 ALT R 2083 ALT S 2084 ALT T 2085 ALT U 2086 ALT V 2087 ALT W 2088 ALT X 2089 ALT Y 2090 ALT Z Table 7-4 USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Keystroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI 5 Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. USB Interface 7 - 19 Table 7-4 USB GUI Key Character Set (Continued) GUI Key Keystroke 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI M 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O 3080 GUI P 3081 GUI Q 3082 GUI R 3083 GUI S 3084 GUI T 3085 GUI U 3086 GUI V 3087 GUI W Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. 7 - 20 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 7-4 USB GUI Key Character Set (Continued) GUI Key Keystroke 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. Table 7-5 USB F Key Character Set F Keys Keystroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F10 5011 F11 5012 F12 5013 F13 5014 F14 5015 F15 5016 F16 5017 F17 5018 F18 5019 F19 5020 F20 5021 F21 USB Interface 7 - 21 Table 7-5 USB F Key Character Set (Continued) F Keys Keystroke 5022 F22 5023 F23 5024 F24 Table 7-6 USB Numeric Keypad Character Set Numeric Keypad Keystroke 6042 * 6043 + 6044 undefined 6045 - 6046 . 6047 / 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock Table 7-7 USB Extended Keypad Character Set Extended Keypad Keystroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 PgUp 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7 - 22 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 7-7 USB Extended Keypad Character Set (Continued) Extended Keypad Keystroke 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 Tab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Down Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arrow Chapter 8 RS-232 Interface Introduction This chapter describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with an RS-232 host. Use the RS-232 interface to connect the digital imager scanner to point-of-sale devices, host computers, or other devices with an available RS-232 port (e.g., com port). If your host does not appear in Table 8-2, refer to the documentation for the host device to set communication parameters to match the host. NOTE The digital imager scanner uses TTL RS-232 signal levels, which interface with most system architectures. For system architectures requiring RS-232C signal levels, Motorola offers different cables providing TTL-to-RS-232C conversion. Contact Motorola Enterprise Mobility Support for more information. Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values. * Indicates Default NOTE *Baud Rate 57,600 Feature/Option Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. 8-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Connecting an RS-232 Interface The digital imager scanner connects directly to the host computer. Interface Cable Serial Port Connector to Host Power Supply Cable Figure 8-1 RS-232 Direct Connection NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 8-1 are examples only. The connectors may be different than those illustrated, but the steps to connect the scanner are the same. 1. Connect the modular connector of the RS-232 interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital imager scanner (see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3). 2. Connect the other end of the RS-232 interface cable to the serial port on the host. 3. Connect the power supply to the serial connector end of the RS-232 interface cable. Plug the power supply into an appropriate outlet. 4. Select the RS-232 host type by scanning the appropriate bar code from RS-232 Host Types on page 8-6. 5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter. RS-232 Interface 8-3 RS-232 Parameter Defaults Table 8-1 lists the defaults for RS-232 host parameters. To change any option, scan the appropriate bar code(s) provided in the RS-232 Host Parameters section beginning on page 8-4. NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 8-1 RS-232 Host Default Table Parameter Default Page Number RS-232 Host Parameters RS-232 Host Types Standard 8-6 Baud Rate 9600 8-7 Parity Type None 8-9 Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit 8-10 Data Bits 8-Bit 8-10 Check Receive Errors Enable 8-11 Hardware Handshaking None 8-11 Software Handshaking None 8-13 Host Serial Response Time-out 2 Sec 8-15 RTS Line State Low RTS 8-16 Beep on Disable 8-16 Intercharacter Delay 0 msec 8-17 Nixdorf Beep/LED Options Normal Operation 8-18 Ignore Unknown Characters Send Bar Code 8-18 8-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide RS-232 Host Parameters Various RS-232 hosts use their own parameter default settings. Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, or Omron sets the defaults listed in Table 8-2. Table 8-2 Terminal Specific RS-232 Parameter ICL Fujitsu Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B/ OPOS/JPOS Olivetti Omron Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Transmission Format Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Prefix/Data/ Suffix Data/Suffix Suffix CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) ETX (1002) CR (1013) Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 Parity Even None Odd Odd Even None Hardware Handshaking RTS/CTS Option 3 None RTS/CTS Option 3 RTS/CTS Option 3 None None Software Handshaking None None None None Ack/Nak None Serial Response Time-out 9.9 Sec. 2 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. Stop Bit Select One One One One One One ASCII Format 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit 7-Bit 8-Bit Beep On Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable RTS Line State High Low Low Low = No data to send Low High Prefix None None None None STX (1003) None *In the Nixdorf Mode B, if CTS is low, scanning is disabled. When CTS is high, scanning is enabled. **If you select Nixdorf Mode B without connecting the digital imager scanner to the proper host, it may appear unable to scan. If this happens, scan a different RS-232 host type within 5 seconds of cycling power to the digital imager scanner. RS-232 Interface 8-5 RS-232 Host Parameters (continued) Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, or Omron enables the transmission of code ID characters listed in Table 8-3. These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the Transmit Code ID feature. Do not enable the Transmit Code ID feature for these terminals. Table 8-3 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters Code Type ICL Fujitsu Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B/OPOS/JPOS Olivetti Omron UPC-A A A A A A A UPC-E E E C C C E EAN-8/JAN-8 FF FF B B B FF EAN-13/JAN-13 F F A A A F Code 39 C None M M M C Codabar N None N N N N Code 128 L None K K K L I 2 of 5 I None I I I I Code 93 None None L L L None D 2 of 5 H None H H H H GS1-128 L None P P P L MSI None None O O O None Bookland EAN F F A A A F Trioptic None None None None None None Code 11 None None None None None None IATA H None H H None None Code 32 None None None None None None 8-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide RS-232 Host Types To select an RS-232 host interface, scan one of the following bar codes. Standard RS-2321 ICL RS-232 Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B Olivetti ORS4500 Omron 1Scanning Enable RS-232 (No Variant) activates the RS-232 driver, but does not change port settings (e.g., parity, data bits, handshaking). Selecting another RS-232 host type bar code changes these settings. RS-232 Interface 8-7 RS-232 Host Types (continued) OPOS/JPOS Fujitsu RS-232 Baud Rate Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the digital imager scanner's baud rate to match the baud rate setting of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host device or may reach it in distorted form. Baud Rate 600 Baud Rate 1200 Baud Rate 2400 Baud Rate 4800 8-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Baud Rate (continued) *Baud Rate 9600 Baud Rate 19,200 Baud Rate 38,400 Baud Rate 57,600 Baud Rate 115,200 RS-232 Interface 8-9 Parity A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to host device requirements. • Select Odd parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character contains an odd number of 1 bits • Select Even parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character contains an even number of 1 bits. • Select None when no parity bit is required. Odd Even *None 8 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Stop Bit Select The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream. Select the number of stop bits (one or two) based on the number the receiving terminal is programmed to accommodate. Set the number of stop bits to match host device requirements. *1 Stop Bit 2 Stop Bits Data Bits This parameter allows the digital imager scanner to interface with devices requiring a 7-bit or 8-bit ASCII protocol. 7-Bit *8-Bit RS-232 Interface 8 - 11 Check Receive Errors Select whether or not to check the parity, framing, and overrun of received characters. The parity value of received characters is verified against the parity parameter selected above. *Check For Received Errors Do Not Check For Received Errors Hardware Handshaking The data interface consists of an RS-232 port designed to operate either with or without the hardware handshaking lines, Request to Send (RTS), and Clear to Send (CTS). Disable Standard RTS/CTS handshaking to transmit scan data as it becomes available. Select Standard RTS/CTS handshaking to transmit scan data according to the following sequence: • The digital imager scanner reads the CTS line for activity. If CTS is asserted, the digital imager scanner waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out for the host to de-assert the CTS line. If, after Host Serial Response Time-out (default), the CTS line is still asserted, the digital imager scanner sounds a transmit error, and discards any scanned data. • When the CTS line is de-asserted, the digital imager scanner asserts the RTS line and waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out for the host to assert CTS. When the host asserts CTS, the scanner transmits data. If, after Host Serial Response Time-out (default), the CTS line is not asserted, the digital imager scanner sounds a transmit error, and discards the data. • When data transmission completes, the digital imager scanner de-asserts RTS 10 msec after sending the last character. • The host should respond by negating CTS. The digital imager scanner checks for a de-asserted CTS upon the next transmission of data. During data transmission, the CTS line should be asserted. If CTS is deasserted for more than 50 ms between characters, the scanner aborts transmission, sounds a transmission error, and discards the data. If this communication sequence fails, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication. In this case, the data is lost and must be rescanned. If hardware handshaking and software handshaking are both enabled, hardware handshaking takes precedence. NOTE The DTR signal is jumpered to the active state. 8 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Hardware Handshaking (continued) • None: Scan this bar code to disable hardware handshaking. • Standard RTS/CTS: Scan this bar code to select Standard RTS/CTS Hardware Handshaking. • RTS/CTS Option 1: If you select RTS/CTS Option 1, the digital imager scanner asserts RTS before transmitting and ignores the state of CTS. The digital imager scanner de-asserts RTS when the transmission is complete. • RTS/CTS Option 2: If you select Option 2, RTS is always high or low (user-programmed logic level). However, the digital imager scanner waits for CTS to be asserted before transmitting data. If CTS is not asserted within Host Serial Response Time-out (default), the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. • RTS/CTS Option 3: If you select Option 3, the digital imager scanner asserts RTS prior to any data transmission, regardless of the state of CTS. The digital imager scanner waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out (default) for CTS to be asserted. If CTS is not asserted during this time, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. The digital imager scanner de-asserts RTS when transmission completes. *None Standard RTS/CTS RTS/CTS Option 1 RS-232 Interface 8 - 13 Hardware Handshaking (continued) RTS/CTS Option 2 RTS/CTS Option 3 Software Handshaking This parameter offers control of the data transmission process in addition to, or instead of, that offered by hardware handshaking. There are five options. If software handshaking and hardware handshaking are both enabled, hardware handshaking takes precedence. • None: Select this option to transmit data immediately. No response is expected from host. • ACK/NAK: If you select this option, after transmitting data, the digital imager scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. When it receives a NAK, the digital imager scanner transmits the same data again and waits for either an ACK or NAK. After three unsuccessful attempts to send data after receiving NAKs, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. The digital imager scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an ACK or NAK. If the digital imager scanner does not get a response in this time, it issues an error indication and discards the data. There are no retries when a time-out occurs. • ENQ: If you select this option, the digital imager scanner waits for an ENQ character from the host before transmitting data. If it does not receive an ENQ within the Host Serial Response Time-out, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. The host must transmit an ENQ character at least every Host Serial Response Time-out to prevent transmission errors. • ACK/NAK with ENQ: This combines the two previous options. For re-transmissions of data, due to a NAK from the host, an additional ENQ is not required. 8 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Software Handshaking (continued) • XON/XOFF: An XOFF character turns the digital imager scanner transmission off until the digital imager scanner receives an XON character. There are two situations for XON/XOFF: • The scanner receives an XOFF before it has data to send. When the digital imager scanner has data to send, it waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out for an XON character before transmission. If it does not receive the XON within this time, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. • The scanner receives an XOFF during a transmission. Data transmission then stops after sending the current byte. When the digital imager scanner receives an XON character, it sends the rest of the data message. The digital imager scanner waits indefinitely for the XON. *None ACK/NAK ENQ ACK/NAK with ENQ XON/XOFF RS-232 Interface 8 - 15 Host Serial Response Time-out This parameter specifies how long the digital imager scanner waits for an ACK, NAK, or CTS before determining that a transmission error occurred. This only applies when in one of the ACK/NAK software handshaking modes, or RTS/CTS hardware handshaking mode. *Minimum: 2 Sec Low: 2.5 Sec Medium: 5 Sec High: 7.5 Sec Maximum: 9.9 Sec 8 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide RTS Line State This parameter sets the idle state of the Serial Host RTS line. Scan a bar code below to select Low RTS or High RTS line state. *Host: Low RTS Host: High RTS Beep on If you enable this parameter, the digital imager scanner issues a beep when it detects a character on the RS-232 serial line. gains a user's attention to an illegal entry or other important event. Beep On Character (Enable) *Do Not Beep On Character (Disable) RS-232 Interface 8 - 17 Intercharacter Delay This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay inserted between character transmissions. *Minimum: 0 msec Low: 25 msec Medium: 50 msec High: 75 msec Maximum: 99 msec 8 - 18 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Nixdorf Beep/LED Options If you selected Nixdorf Mode B, this indicates when the digital imager scanner beeps and turns on its LED after a decode. *Normal Operation (Beep/LED immediately after decode) Beep/LED After Transmission Beep/LED After CTS Pulse Ignore Unknown Characters Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. Select Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters to send all bar code data except for unknown characters. The scanner sounds no error beeps. Select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send bar code data up to the first unknown character. The scanner sounds an error beep. *Send Bar Code (with unknown characters) Do Not Send Bar Codes (with unknown characters) RS-232 Interface 8 - 19 ASCII Character Set for RS-232 You can assign the values in Table 8-4 as prefixes or suffixes for ASCII character data transmission. Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character ASCII Character 1000 %U NUL 1001 $A SOH 1002 $B STX 1003 $C ETX 1004 $D EOT 1005 $E ENQ 1006 $F ACK 1007 $G BELL 1008 $H BCKSPC 1009 $I HORIZ TAB 1010 $J LF/NW LN 1011 $K VT 1012 $L FF 1013 $M CR/ENTER 1014 $N SO 1015 $O SI 1016 $P DLE 1017 $Q DC1/XON 1018 $R DC2 1019 $S DC3/XOFF 1020 $T DC4 1021 $U NAK 1022 $V SYN 1023 $W ETB 1024 $X CAN 1025 $Y EM 1026 $Z SUB 8 - 20 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character ASCII Character 1027 %A ESC 1028 %B FS 1029 %C GS 1030 %D RS 1031 %E US 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B " 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + 1044 /L , 1045 - - 1046 . . 1047 /O / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 RS-232 Interface 8 - 21 Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character ASCII Character 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 8 - 22 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character ASCII Character 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L \ 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ` 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t RS-232 Interface 8 - 23 Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued) Prefix/Suffix Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Character ASCII Character 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q | 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ 1127 Undefined 7013 ENTER 8 - 24 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 9 123Scan Introduction 123Scan is a Windows®-based utility that programs the digital imager scanner with all parameters including Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) rules. An ADF rule modifies bar code data before sending it to the host to ensure compatibility between bar coded data and the host application. Program digital imager scanners via PC download or by scanning a sheet of bar codes generated by the 123Scan utility. Digital imager scanner programming is saved in a file for electronic distribution. The 123Scan program includes a help file. Communication with 123Scan To communicate with the 123Scan program which runs on a host computer running a Windows operating system, use an RS-232 cable to connect the digital imager scanner to the host computer (see Connecting an RS-232 Interface on page 8-2). 123Scan requirements: • Host computer with Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000, or Windows XP • Digital imager scanner • RS-232 cable. 123Scan Parameter To communicate with the 123Scan program, load 123Scan, included in the documentation CD-ROM, onto the host computer, and scan the bar code below. Refer to 123Scan instructions for programming the digital imager scanner. Scan the bar code below to enable the 123Scan interface on the digital imager scanner. 123Scan Configuration 9-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 10 Symbologies Introduction This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features. Before programming, follow the instructions in Chapter 1, Getting Started. To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital imager scanner. NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and bars and/or spaces are not merging. Select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connecting to a new host. To return all features to default values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values. * Indicates Default *Enable UPC-A (01h) Feature/Option Option Hex Value for programming via SSI command Scanning Sequence Examples In most cases, scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to transmit bar code data without the UPC-A check digit, simply scan the Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit bar code under Transmit UPC-A Check Digit on page 10-14. The digital imager scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry. Other parameters, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 require scanning several bar codes. See the individual parameter, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5, for this procedure. 10 - 2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Errors While Scanning Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter. Symbology Parameter Defaults Table 10-1 lists the defaults for all symbologies parameters. There are two ways to change the default values: • Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. • Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar codes. See the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for changing parameters using this method. NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellaneous default parameters. Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number UPC/EAN UPC-A 01h Enable 10-7 UPC-E 02h Enable 10-7 UPC-E1 0Ch Disable 10-8 EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable 10-8 EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable 10-9 Bookland EAN 53h Disable 10-9 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (2 and 5 digits) 10h Ignore 10-10 10-13 User-Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1: Supplemental 2: F1h 43h F1h 44h UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 50h 10 10-14 Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 28h Enable 10-14 Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 29h Enable 10-14 Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 2Ah Enable 10-15 UPC-A Preamble 22h System Character 10-16 UPC-E Preamble 23h System Character 10-16 Symbologies 10 - 3 Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number UPC-E1 Preamble 24h System Character 10-18 Convert UPC-E to A 25h Disable 10-19 Convert UPC-E1 to A 26h Disable 10-19 EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 27h Disable 10-20 Bookland ISBN Format F1h 40h ISBN-10 10-21 UCC Coupon Extended Code 55h Disable 10-22 ISSN EAN F1h 69h Disable 10-22 Code 128 08h Enable 10-23 Set Length(s) for Code 128 D1h D2h Any Length 10-23 GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 0Eh Enable 10-25 ISBT 128 54h Enable 10-25 ISBT Concatenation F1h 41h Disable 10-26 Check ISBT Table F1h 42h Enable 10-27 ISBT Concatenation Redundancy DFh 10 10-27 Code 39 00h Enable 10-28 Trioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 10-28 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code) 56h Disable 10-29 Code 32 Prefix E7h Disable 10-29 Set Length(s) for Code 39 12h 13h 2 to 55 10-30 Code 39 Check Digit Verification 30h Disable 10-31 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 2Bh Disable 10-32 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 10-32 Buffer Code 39 71h Disable 10-33 Code 93 09h Disable 10-36 Set Length(s) for Code 93 1Ah 1Bh 4 to 55 10-36 Code 128 Code 39 Code 93 10 - 4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Code 11 Code 11 0Ah Disable 10-38 Set Lengths for Code 11 1Ch 1Dh 4 to 55 10-38 Code 11 Check Digit Verification 34h Disable 10-40 Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 2Fh Disable 10-41 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 06h Enable 10-42 Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 16h 17h 14 10-42 I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 31h Disable 10-44 Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 2Ch Disable 10-44 Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 52h Disable 10-45 Discrete 2 of 5 05h Disable 10-46 Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 14h 15h 12 10-46 Codabar 07h Disable 10-48 Set Lengths for Codabar 18h 19h 5 to 55 10-48 CLSI Editing 36h Disable 10-50 NOTIS Editing 37h Disable 10-50 MSI 0Bh Disable 10-51 Set Length(s) for MSI 1Eh 1Fh 4 to 55 10-51 MSI Check Digits 32h One 10-52 Transmit MSI Check Digit 2Eh Disable 10-53 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 10-53 F0h 98h Disable 10-54 Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Codabar (NW - 7) MSI Chinese 2 of 5 Chinese 2 of 5 Symbologies 10 - 5 Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Matrix 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 F1h 6Ah Disable 10-55 Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths F1h 6Bh F1h 6Ch 1 Length - 14 10-56 Matrix 2 of 5 Redundancy F1h 6Dh Disable 10-57 Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Eh Disable 10-57 Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Fh Disable 10-58 Inverse 1D F1h 4Ah SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-59 US Postnet 59h Enable 10-60 US Planet 5Ah Enable 10-60 Transmit US Postal Check Digit 5Fh Enable 10-61 UK Postal 5Bh Enable 10-61 Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 60h Enable 10-62 Japan Postal F0h 22h Enable 10-62 Australian Postal F0h 23h Enable 10-63 Netherlands KIX Code F0h 46h Enable 10-63 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail F1h 50h Disable 10-64 UPU FICS Postal F1h 63h Disable 10-64 GS1 DataBar-14 F0h 52h Enable 10-65 GS1 DataBar Limited F0h 53h Enable 10-65 GS1 DataBar Expanded F0h 54h Enable 10-66 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN F0h 8Dh Disable 10-66 Composite CC-C F0h 55h Disable 10-67 Composite CC-A/B F0h 56h Disable 10-67 Composite TLC-39 F0h 73h Disable 10-68 UPC Composite Mode F0h 58h Always Linked 10-69 Postal Codes GS1 DataBar Composite 10 - 6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Composite Beep Mode F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code Type is Decoded 10-70 GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes F0h ABh Disable 10-70 PDF417 0Fh Enable 10-71 MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 10-71 Code 128 Emulation 7Bh Disable 10-72 Data Matrix F0h 24h Enable 10-73 Data Matrix Inverse F1h 4Ch SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-74 Maxicode F0h 26h Enable 10-75 QR Code F0h 25h Enable 10-75 QR Inverse F1h 4Bh SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-76 MicroQR F1h 3Dh Enable 10-77 Aztec F1h 3Eh Enable 10-77 Aztec Inverse F1h 4Dh SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-78 Redundancy Level 4Eh 1 10-79 Security Level 4Dh 1 10-81 Intercharacter Gap Size F0h 7Dh Normal 10-82 2-D Symbologies Symbology-Specific Security Levels Report Version 10-82 Macro PDF Flush Macro PDF Buffer 10-83 Abort Macro PDF Entry 10-83 Symbologies 10 - 7 UPC/EAN Enable/Disable UPC-A Parameter # 01h To enable or disable UPC-A, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable UPC-A (01h) Disable UPC-A (00h) Enable/Disable UPC-E Parameter # 02h To enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable UPC-E (01h) Disable UPC-E (00h) 10 - 8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Enable/Disable UPC-E1 Parameter # 0Ch UPC-E1 is disabled by default. To enable or disable UPC-E1, scan the appropriate bar code below. NOTE UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uniform Code Council) approved symbology. Enable UPC-E1 (01h) *Disable UPC-E1 (00h) Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 Parameter # 04h To enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable EAN-8/JAN-8 (01h) Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 (00h) Symbologies 10 - 9 Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 Parameter # 03h To enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable EAN-13/JAN-13 (01h) Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 (00h) Enable/Disable Bookland EAN Parameter # 53h To enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Bookland EAN (01h) *Disable Bookland EAN (00h) NOTE If you enable Bookland EAN, select a Bookland ISBN Format on page 10-21. Also select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 10-10. 10 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals Parameter # 10h Supplementals are bar codes appended according to specific format conventions (e.g., UPC A+2, UPC E+2, EAN 13+2). The following options are available: • If you select Ignore UPC/EAN with Supplementals, and the scanner is presented with a UPC/EAN plus supplemental symbol, the scanner decodes UPC/EAN and ignores the supplemental characters. • If you select Decode UPC/EAN with Supplementals, the scanner only decodes UPC/EAN symbols with supplemental characters, and ignores symbols without supplementals. • If you select Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, the scanner decodes UPC/EAN symbols with supplemental characters immediately. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the scanner must decode the bar code the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 10-14 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental. • If you select one of the following Supplemental Mode options, the scanner immediately transmits EAN-13 bar codes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the scanner must decode the bar code the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 10-14 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental. The scanner transmits UPC/EAN bar codes that do not have that prefix immediately. • Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode • Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode NOTE If you select 978/979 Supplemental Mode and are scanning Bookland EAN bar codes, see Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 10-9 to enable Bookland EAN, and select a format using Bookland ISBN Format on page 10-21. • Enable 977 Supplemental Mode • Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode • Enable 491 Supplemental Mode • Enable Smart Supplemental Mode - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed previously. • Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with a 3-digit user-defined prefix. Set this 3-digit prefix using User-Programmable Supplementals on page 10-13. • Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with either of two 3-digit user-defined prefixes. Set the 3-digit prefixes using User-Programmable Supplementals on page 10-13. • Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed previously or the user-defined prefix set using User-Programmable Supplementals on page 10-13. • Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user-defined prefixes set using User-Programmable Supplementals on page 10-13. NOTE To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission, select either to decode or ignore supplemental characters. Symbologies 10 - 11 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued) Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supplementals (01h) *Ignore Supplementals (00h) Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (02h) Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode (04h) Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode (05h) Enable 977 Supplemental Mode (07h) 10 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued) Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode (06h) Enable 491 Supplemental Mode (08h) Enable Smart Supplemental Mode (03h) Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 (09h) Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 (0Ah) Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 (0Bh) Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 (0Ch) Symbologies 10 - 13 User-Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1: Parameter # F1h 43h Supplemental 2: Parameter # F1h 44h If you selected a Supplemental User-Programmable option from Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 10-10, select User-Programmable Supplemental 1 to set the 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric bar codes beginning on page D-1. Select User-Programmable Supplemental 2 to set a second 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric bar codes beginning on page D-1. User-Programmable Supplemental 1 User-Programmable Supplemental 2 10 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy Parameter # 50h If you selected Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals, this option adjusts the number of times a symbol without supplementals is decoded before transmission. The range is from two to thirty times. Five or above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with and without supplementals. The default is set at 10. Scan the bar code below to set a decode redundancy value. Next, scan two numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy Transmit UPC-A Check Digit Parameter # 28h The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data. *Transmit UPC-A Check Digit (01h) Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit (00h) Symbologies 10 - 15 Transmit UPC-E Check Digit Parameter # 29h The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-E check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data. *Transmit UPC-E Check Digit (01h) Do Not Transmit UPC-E Check Digit (00h) Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit Parameter # 2Ah The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data. *Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit (01h) Do Not Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit (00h) 10 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide UPC-A Preamble Parameter # 22h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-A preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system. No Preamble () (00h) *System Character ( ) (01h) System Character & Country Code (< COUNTRY CODE> ) (02h) Symbologies 10 - 17 UPC-E Preamble Parameter # 23h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system. No Preamble () (00h) *System Character ( ) (01h) System Character & Country Code (< COUNTRY CODE> ) (02h) 10 - 18 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide UPC-E1 Preamble Parameter # 24h Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are three options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to match the host system. No Preamble () (00h) *System Character ( ) (01h) System Character & Country Code (< COUNTRY CODE> ) (02h) Symbologies 10 - 19 Convert UPC-E to UPC-A Parameter # 25h Enable this to convert UPC-E (zero suppressed) decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit). Disable this to transmit UPC-E decoded data as UPC-E data, without conversion. Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Disable) (00h) Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A Parameter # 26h Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit). Disable this to transmit UPC-E1 decoded data as UPC-E1 data, without conversion. Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable) (00h) 10 - 20 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend Parameter # 27h Enable this to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN-8 symbols to make them compatible in format to EAN-13 symbols. Disable this to transmit EAN-8 symbols as is. Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend (01h) *Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend (00h) Symbologies 10 - 21 Bookland ISBN Format Parameter # F1h 40h If you enabled Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 10-9, select one of the following formats for Bookland data: • Bookland ISBN-10 - The scanner reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10-digit format with the special Bookland check digit for backward-compatibility. Data starting with 979 is not considered Bookland in this mode. • Bookland ISBN-13 - The scanner reports Bookland data (starting with either 978 or 979) as EAN-13 in 13-digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN-13 protocol. *Bookland ISBN-10 (00h) Bookland ISBN-13 (01h) NOTE For Bookland EAN to function properly, first enable Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 10-9, then select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 10-10. 10 - 22 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide UCC Coupon Extended Code Parameter # 55h Enable this to decode UPC-A bar codes starting with digit ‘5’, EAN-13 bar codes starting with digit ‘99’, and UPC-A/GS1-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and GS1-128 must be enabled to scan all types of Coupon Codes. Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code (01h) *Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code (00h) NOTE Use the Decode UPC/EAN Supplemental Redundancy parameter to control autodiscrimination of the GS1-128 (right half) of a coupon code. ISSN EAN Parameter # F1h 69h To enable or disable ISSN EAN, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable ISSN EAN (01h) *Disable ISSN EAN (00h) Symbologies 10 - 23 Code 128 Enable/Disable Code 128 Parameter # 08h To enable or disable Code 128, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Code 128 (01h) Disable Code 128 (00h) Set Lengths for Code 128 Parameter # L1 = D1h, L2 = D2h The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. NOTE When setting lengths for different bar code types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 128 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 128 symbol within a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode Code 128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 128 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Select this option to decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner’s capability. 10 - 24 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Set Lengths for Code 128 (continued) Code 128 - One Discrete Length Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths Code 128 - Length Within Range *Code 128 - Any Length Symbologies 10 - 25 Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) Parameter # 0Eh To enable or disable GS1-128, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable GS1-128 (01h) Disable GS1-128 (00h) Enable/Disable ISBT 128 Parameter # 54h ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry. Scan a bar code below to enable or disable ISBT 128. If necessary, the host must perform concatenation of the ISBT data. *Enable ISBT 128 (01h) Disable ISBT 128 (00h) 10 - 26 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide ISBT Concatenation Parameter # F1h 41h Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types: • If you select Disable ISBT Concatenation, the digital scanner does not concatenate pairs of ISBT codes it encounters. • If you select Enable ISBT Concatenation, there must be two ISBT codes in order for the digital scanner to decode and perform concatenation. The digital scanner does not decode single ISBT symbols. • If you select Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation, the digital scanner decodes and concatenates pairs of ISBT codes immediately. If only a single ISBT symbol is present, the digital scanner must decode the symbol the number of times set via ISBT Concatenation Redundancy on page 10-27 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol. *Disable ISBT Concatenation (00h) Enable ISBT Concatenation (01h) Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation (02h) Symbologies 10 - 27 Check ISBT Table Parameter # F1h 42h The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT bar codes that are commonly used in pairs. If you set ISBT Concatenation to Enable, enable Check ISBT Table to concatenate only those pairs found in this table. Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated. *Enable Check ISBT Table (01h) Disable Check ISBT Table (00h) ISBT Concatenation Redundancy Parameter # DFh If you set ISBT Concatenation to Autodiscriminate, use this parameter to set the number of times the digital scanner must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol. Scan the bar code below, then scan two numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes to set a value between 2 and 20. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. The default is 10. ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 10 - 28 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 39 Enable/Disable Code 39 Parameter # 00h To enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Code 39 (01h) Disable Code 39 (00h) Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 Parameter # 0Dh Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges. Trioptic Code 39 symbols always contain six characters. To enable or disable Trioptic Code 39, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Trioptic Code 39 (01h) *Disable Trioptic Code 39 (00h) NOTE You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously. Symbologies 10 - 29 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 Parameter # 56h Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry. Scan the appropriate bar code below to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32. NOTE Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function. Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (01h) *Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (00h) Code 32 Prefix Parameter # E7h Scan the appropriate bar code below to enable or disable adding the prefix character “A” to all Code 32 bar codes. NOTE Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function. Enable Code 32 Prefix (01h) *Disable Code 32 Prefix (00h) 10 - 30 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Set Lengths for Code 39 Parameter # L1 = 12h, L2 = 13h The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled, Length Within a Range or Any Length are the preferred options. NOTE When setting lengths for different bar code types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 39 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only those Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 39 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode Code 39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 39 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Select this option to decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner capability. Code 39 - One Discrete Length Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths Symbologies 10 - 31 Set Lengths for Code 39 (continued) Code 39 - Length Within Range Code 39 - Any Length Code 39 Check Digit Verification Parameter # 30h Enable this feature to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specified check digit algorithm. Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded, so only enable this if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit. Enable Code 39 Check Digit (01h) *Disable Code 39 Check Digit (00h) 10 - 32 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Transmit Code 39 Check Digit Parameter # 2Bh Scan a bar code below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit. Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Disable) (00h) NOTE Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function. Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Parameter # 11h Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set. To enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Code 39 Full ASCII (01h) *Disable Code 39 Full ASCII (00h) NOTE You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously. Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host-dependent. See the ASCII Character Set for USB on page 7-13 or the ASCII Character Set for RS-232 on page 8-19 for more information. Symbologies 10 - 33 Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store) Parameter # 71h This feature allows the digital imager scanner to accumulate data from multiple Code 39 symbols. Selecting the Scan and Store option (Buffer Code 39) temporarily buffers all Code 39 symbols having a leading space as a first character for later transmission. The leading space is not buffered. Decode of a valid Code 39 symbol with no leading space transmits in sequence all buffered data in a first-in first-out format, plus the “triggering” symbol. See the following pages for further details. Select Do Not Buffer Code 39 to transmit all decoded Code 39 symbols immediately without being stored in the buffer. This feature affects Code 39 only. If selecting Buffer Code 39, Motorola recommends configuring the digital imager scanner to decode Code 39 symbology only. Buffer Code 39 (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Buffer Code 39 (Disable) (00h) While there is data in the transmission buffer, you cannot select Do Not Buffer Code 39. The buffer holds 200 bytes of information. To disable Code 39 buffering when there is data in the transmission buffer, first force the buffer transmission (see Transmit Buffer on page 10-34) or clear the buffer. Buffer Data To buffer data, Code 39 buffering must be enabled and a Code 39 symbol must be read with a space immediately following the start pattern. • Unless the data overflows the transmission buffer, the digital imager scanner issues a low/high beep to indicate successful decode and buffering. For overflow conditions, see Overfilling Transmission Buffer. • The digital imager scanner adds the decoded data excluding the leading space to the transmission buffer. • No transmission occurs. 10 - 34 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Clear Transmission Buffer To clear the transmission buffer, scan the Clear Buffer bar code below, which contains only a start character, a dash (minus), and a stop character. • The digital imager scanner issues a short high/low/high beep. • The digital imager scanner erases the transmission buffer. • No transmission occurs. Clear Buffer NOTE The Clear Buffer contains only the dash (minus) character. To scan this command, set Code 39 lengths to include length 1. Transmit Buffer There are two methods to transmit the Code 39 buffer. 1. Scan the Transmit Buffer bar code, which includes only a start character, a plus (+), and a stop character. 2. The digital imager scanner transmits and clears the buffer. • The digital imager scanner issues a Low/High beep. Transmit Buffer 3. Scan a Code 39 bar code with a leading character other than a space. • The digital imager scanner appends new decode data to buffered data. • The digital imager scanner transmits and clears the buffer. • The digital imager scanner signals that the buffer transmitted with a low/high beep. • The digital imager scanner transmits and clears the buffer. NOTE The Transmit Buffer contains only a plus (+) character. In order to scan this command, set Code 39 lengths to include length 1. Symbologies 10 - 35 Overfilling Transmission Buffer The Code 39 buffer holds 200 characters. If the symbol just read results in an overflow of the transmission buffer: • The digital imager scanner indicates that it rejected the symbol by issuing three long, high beeps. • No transmission occurs. The data in the buffer is not affected. Attempt to Transmit an Empty Buffer If the symbol just read was the Transmit Buffer symbol and the Code 39 buffer is empty: • A short low/high/low beep signals that the buffer is empty. • No transmission occurs. • The buffer remains empty. 10 - 36 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 93 Enable/Disable Code 93 Parameter # 09h To enable or disable Code 93, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Code 93 (01h) *Disable Code 93 (00h) Set Lengths for Code 93 Parameter # L1 = 1Ah, L2 = 1Bh The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 93 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 93 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 93 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner’s capability. Symbologies 10 - 37 Set Lengths for Code 93 (continued) Code 93 - One Discrete Length Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths Code 93 - Length Within Range Code 93 - Any Length 10 - 38 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 11 Code 11 Parameter # 0Ah To enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Code 11 (01h) *Disable Code 11 (00h) Set Lengths for Code 11 Parameter # L1 = 1Ch, L2 = 1Dh The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 11 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only those Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 11 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode Code 11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 11 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner capability. Symbologies 10 - 39 Set Lengths for Code 11 (continued) Code 11 - One Discrete Length Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths Code 11 - Length Within Range Code 11 - Any Length 10 - 40 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 11 Check Digit Verification Parameter # 34h Enable this to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified check digit algorithm. This selects the check digit mechanism for the decoded Code 11 bar code. The options are to check for one check digit, check for two check digits, or disable the feature. To enable this feature, scan the bar code below corresponding to the number of check digits encoded in the Code 11 symbols. *Disable (00h) One Check Digit (01h) Two Check Digits (02h) Symbologies 10 - 41 Transmit Code 11 Check Digits Parameter # 2Fh This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s). Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Disable) (00h) NOTE Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function. 10 - 42 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # 06h To enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below, and select an Interleaved 2 of 5 length from the following pages. *Enable Interleaved 2 of 5 (01h) Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 (00h) Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 16h, L2 = 17h The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only those I 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode an I 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner’s capability. NOTE Due to the construction of the I 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code. To prevent this, select specific lengths (I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for I 2 of 5 applications. Symbologies 10 - 43 Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range I 2 of 5 - Any Length 10 - 44 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification Parameter # 31h Enable this to check the integrity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified Uniform Symbology Specification (USS), or the Optical Product Code Council (OPCC) check digit algorithm. *Disable (00h) USS Check Digit (01h) OPCC Check Digit (02h) Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # 2Ch Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit. Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Disable) (00h) Symbologies 10 - 45 Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 Parameter # 52h Enable this parameter to convert 14-character I 2 of 5 codes to EAN-13, and transmit to the host as EAN-13. To accomplish this, the I 2 of 5 code must be enabled, and the code must have a leading zero and a valid EAN-13 check digit. Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable) (01h) *Do Not Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Disable) (00h) 10 - 46 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # 05h To enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Discrete 2 of 5 (01h) *Disable Discrete 2 of 5 (00h) Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = 14h, L2 = 15h The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only those D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a D 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (single digit numbers must always be preceded by a leading zero). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner capability. NOTE Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code. To prevent this, select specific lengths (D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for D 2 of 5 applications. Symbologies 10 - 47 Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 (continued) D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range D 2 of 5 - Any Length 10 - 48 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Codabar (NW - 7) Enable/Disable Codabar Parameter # 07h To enable or disable Codabar, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Codabar (01h) *Disable Codabar (00h) Set Lengths for Codabar Parameter # L1 = 18h, L2 = 19h The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols with 14 characters, scan Codabar - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Codabar symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Codabar - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (single digit numbers must always be preceded by a leading zero). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner’s capability. Symbologies 10 - 49 Set Lengths for Codabar (continued) Codabar - One Discrete Length Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths Codabar - Length Within Range Codabar - Any Length 10 - 50 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide CLSI Editing Parameter # 36h Enable this to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first, fifth, and tenth characters of a 14-character Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format. Symbol length does not include start and stop characters. NOTE Enable CLSI Editing (01h) *Disable CLSI Editing (00h) NOTIS Editing Parameter # 37h Enable this to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format. Enable NOTIS Editing (01h) *Disable NOTIS Editing (00h) Symbologies 10 - 51 MSI Enable/Disable MSI Parameter # 0Bh To enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable MSI (01h) *Disable MSI (00h) Set Lengths for MSI Parameter # L1 = 1Eh, L2 = 1Fh The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for MSI to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only MSI symbols with 14 characters, scan MSI - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only MSI symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select MSI - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a MSI symbol within a specific length range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode MSI symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan MSI - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the digital imager scanner capability. NOTE Due to the construction of the MSI symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code. To prevent this, select specific lengths (MSI - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for MSI applications. 10 - 52 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Set Lengths for MSI (continued) MSI - One Discrete Length MSI - Two Discrete Lengths MSI - Length Within Range MSI - Any Length MSI Check Digits Parameter # 32h With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader. The second check digit is optional. If the MSI codes include two check digits, scan the Two MSI Check Digits bar code to enable verification of the second check digit. See MSI Check Digit Algorithm on page 10-53 for the selection of second digit algorithms. *One MSI Check Digit (00h) Two MSI Check Digits (01h) Symbologies 10 - 53 Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) Parameter # 2Eh Scan a bar code below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit. Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Enable) (01h *Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Disable) (00h) MSI Check Digit Algorithm Parameter # 33h Two algorithms are possible for verifying the second MSI check digit. Select the bar code below corresponding to the algorithm used to encode the check digit. MOD 10/MOD 11 (00h) *MOD 10/MOD 10 (01h) 10 - 54 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chinese 2 of 5 Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 Parameter # F0h 98h To enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Chinese 2 of 5 (01h) *Disable Chinese 2 of 5 (00h) Symbologies 10 - 55 Matrix 2 of 5 Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Parameter # F1h 6Ah To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Matrix 2 of 5 (01h) *Disable Matrix 2 of 5 (00h) 10 - 56 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 Parameter # L1 = F1h 6Bh, L2 = F1h 6Ch The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a specific range. • One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Matrix 2 of 5 Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Matrix 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length range. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. • Any Length - Scan this option to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the digital scanner’s capability. *Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range Matrix 2 of 5 - Any Length Symbologies 10 - 57 Matrix 2 of 5 Redundancy Parameter # F1h 6Dh To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5 redundancy, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Redundancy (01h) *Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Redundancy (00h) Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # F1h 6Eh The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit. Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (01h) *Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (00h) 10 - 58 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit Parameter # F1h 6Fh Scan a bar code below to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit. Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (01h) *Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit (00h) Symbologies 10 - 59 Inverse 1D Parameter # F1h 4Ah This parameter sets the 1D inverse decoder setting. Options are: • Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular 1D bar codes only. • Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse 1D bar codes only. • Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse 1D bar codes. NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows: DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect Regular (00h) Inverse Only (01h) Inverse Autodetect (02h) 10 - 60 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Postal Codes US Postnet Parameter # 59h To enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable US Postnet (01h) Disable US Postnet (00h) US Planet Parameter # 5Ah To enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable US Planet (01h) Disable US Planet (00h) Symbologies 10 - 61 Transmit US Postal Check Digit Parameter # 5Fh Select whether to transmit US Postal data, which includes both US Postnet and US Planet, with or without the check digit. *Transmit US Postal Check Digit (01h) Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit (00h) UK Postal Parameter # 5Bh To enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable UK Postal (01h) Disable UK Postal (00h) 10 - 62 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Transmit UK Postal Check Digit Parameter # 60h Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit. *Transmit UK Postal Check Digit (01h) Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit (00h) Japan Postal Parameter # F0h, 22h To enable or disable Japan Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Japan Postal (01h) Disable Japan Postal (00h) Symbologies 10 - 63 Australian Postal Parameter # F0h, 23h To enable or disable Australian Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Australian Postal (01h) Disable Australian Postal (00h) Netherlands KIX Code Parameter # F0h, 46h To enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Netherlands KIX Code (01h) Disable Netherlands KIX Code (00h) 10 - 64 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail Parameter # F1h 50h To enable or disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail (01h) *Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail (00h) UPU FICS Postal Parameter # F1h 63h To enable or disable UPU FICS Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable UPU FICS Postal (01h) *Disable UPU FICS Postal (00h) Symbologies 10 - 65 GS1 DataBar The variants of GS1 DataBar are DataBar-14, DataBar Expanded, and DataBar Limited. The limited and expanded versions have stacked variants. Scan the appropriate bar codes to enable or disable each variant of GS1 DataBar. GS1 DataBar-14 Parameter # F0h 52h. *Enable GS1 DataBar-14 (01h) Disable GS1 DataBar-14 (00h) GS1 DataBar Limited Parameter # F0h 53h. *Enable GS1 DataBar Limited (01h) Disable GS1 DataBar Limited (00h) 10 - 66 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide GS1 DataBar Expanded Parameter # F0h 54h. *Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded (01h) Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded (00h) Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN Parameter # F0h, 8Dh This parameter only applies to DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited symbols not decoded as part of a Composite symbol. Enable this to strip the leading '010' from DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single zero as the first digit, and report the bar code as EAN-13. For bar codes beginning with two or more zeros but not six zeros, this parameter strips the leading '0100' and reports the bar code as UPC-A. The UPC-A Preamble parameter that transmits the system character and country code applies to converted bar codes. Note that neither the system character nor the check digit can be stripped. Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN (01h) *Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN (00h) Symbologies 10 - 67 Composite Composite CC-C Parameter # F0h 55h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type CC-C. Enable CC-C (01h) *Disable CC-C (00h) Composite CC-A/B Parameter # F0h 56h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type CC-A/B. Enable CC-A/B (01h) *Disable CC-A/B (00h) 10 - 68 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Composite TLC-39 Parameter # F0h 73h Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type TLC-39. Enable TLC39 (01h) *Disable TLC39 (00h) Symbologies 10 - 69 UPC Composite Mode Parameter # F0h 58h Select one of three options for “linking” UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol: • Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC bar codes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected. • Select UPC Always Linked to transmit UPC bar codes and the 2D portion. If 2D is not present, the UPC bar code does not transmit. • If you select Autodiscriminate UPC Composites, the scanner determines if there is a 2D portion, then transmits the UPC, as well as the 2D portion if present. UPC Never Linked (00h) *UPC Always Linked (01h) Autodiscriminate UPC Composites (02h) 10 - 70 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Composite Beep Mode Parameter # F0h, 8Eh To select the number of decode beeps when a the scanner decodes a composite bar code, scan the appropriate bar code. Single Beep after both are decoded (00h) *Beep as each code type is decoded (01h) Double Beep after both are decoded (02h) GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes Parameter # F0h, ABh Select whether to enable or disable this mode. Enable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes (01h) *Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes (00h) Symbologies 10 - 71 2D Symbologies Enable/Disable PDF417 Parameter # 0Fh To enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable PDF417 (01h) Disable PDF417 (00h) Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 Parameter # E3h To enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appropriate bar code below. Enable MicroPDF417 (01h) *Disable MicroPDF417 (00h) 10 - 72 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code 128 Emulation Parameter # 7Bh Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as if it was encoded in Code 128 symbols. You must select AIM Code ID Character (01h) on page 4-15 for this parameter to work. Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes: ]C1 if the first codeword is 903-905 ]C2 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 ]C0 if the first codeword is 910 or 911 Disable this to transmit them with one of the following prefixes: ]L3 if the first codeword is 903-905 ]L4 if the first codeword is 908 or 909 ]L5 if the first codeword is 910 or 911 Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation. NOTE Linked MicroPDF codewords 906, 907, 912, 914, and 915 are not supported. Use GS1 Composites instead. Enable Code 128 Emulation (01h) *Disable Code 128 Emulation (00h) Symbologies 10 - 73 Data Matrix Parameter # F0h, 24h To enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Data Matrix (01h) Disable Data Matrix (00h) 10 - 74 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Data Matrix Inverse Parameter # F1h 4Ch This parameter sets the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting. Options are: • Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular Data Matrix bar codes only. • Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse Data Matrix bar codes only. • Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix bar codes. NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows: DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect Regular (00h) Inverse Only (01h) Inverse Autodetect (02h) Symbologies 10 - 75 Maxicode Parameter # F0h, 26h To enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Maxicode (01h) Disable Maxicode (00h) QR Code Parameter # F0h,25h To enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable QR Code (01h) Disable QR Code (00h) 10 - 76 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide QR Inverse Parameter # F1h 4Bh This parameter sets the QR inverse decoder setting. Options are: • Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular QR bar codes only. • Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse QR bar codes only. • Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse QR bar codes. NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows: DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect Regular (00h) Inverse Only (01h) Inverse Autodetect (02h) Symbologies 10 - 77 MicroQR Parameter # F1h 3Dh To enable or disable MicroQR, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable MicroQR (01h) Disable MicroQR (00h) Aztec Parameter # F1h 3Eh To enable or disable Aztec, scan the appropriate bar code below. *Enable Aztec (01h) Disable Aztec (00h) 10 - 78 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Aztec Inverse Parameter # F1h 4Dh This parameter sets the Aztec inverse decoder setting. Options are: • Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular Aztec bar codes only. • Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse Aztec bar codes only. • Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse Aztec bar codes. NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows: DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect Regular (00h) Inverse Only (01h) Inverse Autodetect (02h) Symbologies 10 - 79 Redundancy Level Parameter # 4Eh The digital imager scanner offers four levels of decode redundancy. Select higher redundancy levels for decreasing levels of bar code quality. As redundancy levels increase, the digital imager scanner’s aggressiveness decreases. Select the redundancy level appropriate for the bar code quality. Redundancy Level 1 The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded: Table 10-2 Redundancy Level 1 Codes Code Type Code Length Codabar 8 characters or less MSI 4 characters or less D 2 of 5 8 characters or less I 2 of 5 8 characters or less Redundancy Level 2 The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded: Table 10-3 Redundancy Level 2 Codes Code Type All Code Length All Redundancy Level 3 Code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded. The following codes must be read three times: Table 10-4 Redundancy Level 3 Codes Code Type Code Length MSI Plessey 4 characters or less D 2 of 5 8 characters or less I 2 of 5 8 characters or less Codabar 8 characters or less 10 - 80 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Redundancy Level (continued) Redundancy Level 4 The following code types must be successfully read three times before being decoded: Table 10-5 Redundancy Level 4 Codes Code Type Code Length All All *Redundancy Level 1 (01h) Redundancy Level 2 (02h) Redundancy Level 3 (03h) Redundancy Level 4 (04h) Symbologies 10 - 81 Security Level Parameter # 4Dh The digital imager scanner offers four levels of decode security for delta bar codes, which include the Code 128 family, UPC/EAN, and Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of bar code quality. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital imager scanner aggressiveness, so choose only that level of security necessary for any given application. • Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital imager scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most “in-spec” bar codes. • Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes. • Security Level 2: Select this option if Security level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes. • Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level. Be advised, selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out of spec bar codes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital imager scanner. If you need this level of security, try to improve the quality of the bar codes. Security Level 0 (00h) *Security Level 1 (01h) Security Level 2 (02h) Security Level 3 (03h) 10 - 82 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Intercharacter Gap Size Parameter # F0h, 7Dh The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small. Due to various bar code-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed, preventing the digital imager scanner from decoding the symbol. If this problem occurs, scan Large Intercharacter Gaps to tolerate these out-of-specification bar codes. *Normal Intercharacter Gaps (06h) Large Intercharacter Gaps (0Ah) Report Version Scan the bar code below to report the version of software installed in the digital imager scanner. Report Software Version Symbologies 10 - 83 Macro PDF Features Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital imager scanner can decode symbols that are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 kB of decoded data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols. CAUTION When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as each sequence has unique identifiers. Do not mix bar codes from several Macro PDF sequences, even if they encode the same data. When scanning Macro PDF sequences, scan the entire Macro PDF sequence without interruption. If, when scanning a mixed sequence, the digital imager scanner emits two long low beeps (Low Low) this indicates an inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error. Flush Macro Buffer This flushes the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point, transmits it to the host device, and aborts from Macro PDF mode. Flush Macro PDF Buffer Abort Macro PDF Entry This clears all currently-stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and aborts from Macro PDF mode. Abort Macro PDF Entry 10 - 84 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Chapter 11 Advanced Data Formatting Introduction Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) is a means of customizing data before transmission to the host device. Use ADF to edit scan data to suit requirements. Implement ADF by scanning a related series of bar codes, which begin on page 11-8, or by installing the 123Scan utility (see Chapter 9, 123Scan) which allows programming the digital imager scanner with ADF rules. Avoid using ADF formatting with bar codes containing more than 60 characters. To add a prefix or suffix value for such bar codes, use the Add Prefix/Suffix setting. Using ADF with longer bar codes transmits the bar code in segments of length 252 or less (depending on the host selected), and applies the rule to each segment. Rules: Criteria Linked to Actions ADF uses rules to customize data. These rules perform detailed actions when the data meets certain criteria. One rule may consist of single or multiple criteria applied to single or multiple actions. For instance, a data formatting rule could be: Criteria: When scan data is Code 39, length 12, and data at the start position is the string “129”, Actions: pad all sends with zeros to length 8, send all data up to X, send a space. Scanning a Code 39 bar code of 1299X1559828 transmits the following: 00001299 . If you scan a Code 39 bar code of 1299X15598, this rule is ignored because the bar code didn’t meet the length criteria. The rule specifies the editing conditions and requirements before data transmission occurs. 11 - 2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Using ADF Bar Codes When programming a rule, make sure the rule is logically correct. Plan ahead before scanning. To program each data formatting rule: • Start the Rule. Scan the Begin New Rule bar code on page 11-8. • Specify Criteria. Scan the bar codes for all pertinent criteria. Criteria can include code type (e.g., Code 128), code length, or data that contains a specific character string (e.g., the digits “129”). See Criteria on page 11-11. • Select Actions. Scan all actions related to, or affecting, these criteria. The actions of a rule specify how to format the data for transmission. See Actions on page 11-27. • Save the Rule. Scan the Save Rule bar code on page 11-8. This places the rule in the “top” position in the rule buffer. • Use special-purpose bar codes to correct errors during this process. Erase criteria, actions, and entire rules by scanning the appropriate bar code on page 11-9. Beeper Definitions on page 2-2 guide through the programming steps. ADF Bar Code Menu Example This section provides an example of how to enter ADF rules for scan data. An auto parts distribution center wants to encode manufacturer ID, part number, and destination code into their own Code 128 bar codes. The distribution center also has products that carry UPC bar codes, placed there by the manufacturer. The Code 128 bar codes have the following format: MMMMMPPPPPDD Where: M = Manufacturer ID P = Part Number D = Destination Code The distribution center uses a PC with dedicated control characters for manufacturer ID , part number , and destination code . At this center the UPC data is treated as manufacturer ID code. The following rules must be entered: When scanning data of code type Code 128, send the next 5 characters, send the manufacturer ID key , send the next 5 characters, send the part number key , send the next 2 characters, send the destination code key . When scanning data of code type UPC/EAN, send all data, send the manufacturer ID key . To enter these rules, use the following steps: Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 3 Rule 1: The Code 128 Scanning Rule Step Bar Code On Page Beep Indication 1 Begin New Rule 11-8 High High 2 Code 128 11-11 High High 3 Send next 5 characters 11-28 High High 4 Send 11-49 High High 5 Send next 5 characters 11-28 High High 6 Send 11-49 High High 7 Send next 2 characters 11-27 High High 8 Send 11-48 High High 9 Save Rule 11-8 High Low High Low Rule 2: The UPC Scanning Rule Step Bar Code On Page Beep Indication 1 Begin New Rule 11-8 High High 2 UPC/EAN 11-13 High High 3 Send all remaining data 11-27 High High 4 Send 11-49 High High 5 Save Rule 11-8 High Low High Low To correct any errors made while entering this rule, scan the Quit Entering Rules bar code on page 11-9. If you already saved the rule, scan the Erase Previously Saved Rule bar code on page 11-9. Alternate Rule Sets Group ADF rules into one of four alternate sets which you can turn on and off when needed. This is useful to format the same message in different ways. For example, a Code 128 bar code contains the following information: Class (2 digits), Stock Number (8) digits, Price (5 digits) The bar code might look like this: 245671243701500 where: Class = 24 Stock Number = 56712437 Price = 01500 Ordinarily, data transmits as follows: 24 (class key) 56712437 (stock key) 01500 (enter key) But, when there is a sale, send only the following: 24 (class key) 56712437 (stock key) 11 - 4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide and the cashier keys the price manually. To implement this, first enter an ADF rule that applies to the normal situation, such as: Scan Rule Belongs to Set 1. When scanning a bar code of length 15, send the next 2 characters, send the class key, send the next 8 characters, send the stock key, send the data that remains, send the Enter key. The “sale” rule may look like this: Scan Rule Belongs to Set 2. When scanning a bar code of length 15, send the next 2 characters, send the class key, send the next 8 characters, send the stock key. To switch between the two sets of rules, program a “switching rule” that specifies the type of bar code to be scanned to switch between the rule sets. For example, in the case of the “sale” rule above, the rule programmer wants the cashier to scan the bar code “M” before a sale. To do this, enter the following rule: When scanning a bar code of length 1 that begins with “M”, select rule set number 1. Program another rule to switch back. When scanning a bar code of length 1 that begins with “N”, turn off rule set number 1. Or include the switching back rules in the “sale” rule: When scanning a bar code of length 15, send the next 2 characters, send the class key, send the next 8 characters, send the stock key, turn off rule set 1. For optimal results, scan the Disable All Rule Sets bar code on page 11-10 after programming a rule belonging to an alternate rule set. In addition to enabling and disabling rule sets within the rules, enable or disable them by scanning the appropriate bar codes on page 11-10. Rules Hierarchy (in Bar Codes) The order of programming individual rules is important. Program the most general rule first. All programmed rules are stored in a buffer. As they are programmed, they are stored at the “top” of a rules list. If you create three rules, the list is configured as follows: Third Rule Second Rule First Rule When you scan data, the rules list is checked from top to bottom to determine if the criteria matches (and therefore, if the actions occur). Input is modified into the data format specified by the first matching set of criteria it finds. Be sure to program the most general rule first. For example, if the THIRD rule states: When scanning a bar code of any length, send all data, then send the ENTER key. and the SECOND rule states: When scanning a Code 128 bar code of length 12, send the first four characters, then send the ENTER key, then send all remaining data. and you scan a Code 128 bar code of length 12, the THIRD rule applies and the SECOND rule appears to not function. Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 5 Note that using the standard data editing functions also creates ADF rules. Scan options are entered as ADF rules, and the previous hierarchy also applies to them. For the digital imager scanner, this applies to prefix/suffix programming in the parameter Scan Data Transmission Format on page 4-17. These rules reside in the same “rule list” as ADF rules, so the order of their creation is also important. Default Rules Every unit has a default rule to send all scan data. Units with custom software can have one or more default rules burned in. The rules hierarchy checks user programmable rules first, then the default rules. Disable default rules by entering the following general rule in the user programmable buffer: When receiving scan data, send all data. Since this rule always applies, ADF never enters the default rules. ADF Bar Codes Table 11-1 lists the bar codes available through ADF. Table 11-1 ADF Bar Codes Parameter Page Number Special Commands 11-8 Pause Duration 11-8 Begin New Rule 11-8 Save Rule 11-8 Erase 11-9 Quit Entering Rules 11-9 Disable Rule Set 11-10 Criteria 11-11 Code Types 11-11 Code Lengths 11-18 1 Character - 6 Characters 11-18 7 Characters - 13 Characters 11-19 14 Characters - 20 Characters 11-20 21 Characters - 27 Characters 11-21 28 Characters - 30 Characters 11-22 Specific String at Start 11-22 Specific String, Any Location 11-23 Specific String Search 11-23 11 - 6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table 11-1 ADF Bar Codes (Continued) Parameter Page Number Any Message OK 11-23 Numeric Keypad 11-24 Rule Belongs To Set 11-26 Actions Send Data 11-27 11-27 Send Data Up To Character 11-27 Send Next Character 11-27 Send All Data That Remains 11-27 Send Next 2 Characters - Send Next 20 Characters 11-27 Setup Field(s) 11-30 Move Cursor 11-31 Send Pause 11-32 Skip Ahead 11-33 Skip Back 11-34 Send Preset Value 11-36 Modify Data 11-37 Remove All Spaces 11-37 Crunch All Spaces 11-37 Stop Space Removal 11-37 Remove Leading Zeros 11-37 Stop Zero Removal 11-37 Pad Data with Spaces 11-38 Pad Data with Zeros 11-42 Beeps 11-47 Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) 11-47 Keyboard Characters 11-52 Send ALT Characters 11-66 Send Keypad Characters 11-71 Advanced Data Formatting Table 11-1 ADF Bar Codes (Continued) Parameter Send Function Key Page Number 11-76 Send F1 Key - Send F24 Key 11-76 Send PF1 Key - Send PF30 Key 11-79 Send Right Control Key 11-83 Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters 11-84 Send GUI 0 - Send GUI 9 11-84 Send GUI A - Send GUI Z 11-85 Turn On/Off Rule Sets 11-89 Alphanumeric Keyboard 11-91 Space - ‘ 11-91 0-9 11-95 A-Z 11-96 Cancel 11-100 End of Message 11-100 a-z 11-100 {-~ 11-104 11 - 7 11 - 8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Special Commands Pause Duration This parameter, along with the Send Pause parameter on page 11-32, inserts a pause in the data transmission. Set the pause by scanning a two-digit number (i.e., two bar codes) representing a 0.1 second interval in the range of 0.1 to 9.9. For example, scan bar codes 0 and 1 to insert a 0.1 second pause; 0 and 5 to insert a 0.5 second delay. The default is 1 second. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel on page D-2. Pause Duration Begin New Rule Scan the bar code below to start entering a new rule . Begin New Rule Save Rule Scan the bar code below to save the rule. Save Rule Advanced Data Formatting Erase Use these bar codes to erase criteria, actions, or rules. Erase Criteria And Start Again Erase Actions And Start Again Erase Previously Saved Rule Erase All Rules Quit Entering Rules Scan the bar code below to quit entering rules. Quit Entering Rules 11 - 9 11 - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Disable Rule Set Use these bar codes to disable rule sets. Disable Rule Set 1 Disable Rule Set 2 Disable Rule Set 3 Disable Rule Set 4 Disable All Rule Sets Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 11 Criteria Code Types Select all code types to be affected by the rule. Scan all selected codes in succession, before selecting other criteria. To select all code types, do not scan any code type. Code 39 Codabar GS1 DataBar-14 GS1 DataBar Limited GS1 DataBar Expanded Code 128 D 2 OF 5 11 - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Types (continued) IATA 2 OF 5 I 2 OF 5 Code 93 UPC-A UPC-E EAN-8 EAN-13 ISSN Advanced Data Formatting Code Types (continued) MSI GS1-128 UPC-E1 Bookland EAN Trioptic Code 39 Code 11 Code 32 11 - 13 11 - 14 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Types (continued) ISBT 128 Coupon Code Chinese 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 US Postnet US Planet UK Postal Advanced Data Formatting Code Types (continued) Japan Postal Australian Postal Netherlands KIX Code USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail UPU FICS Postal PDF417 MicroPDF 11 - 15 11 - 16 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Types (continued) Macro PDF Macro MicroPDF MaxiCode Data Matrix QR Code MicroQR TLC 39 Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 17 Code Types (continued) UPC/EAN Composites GS1 DataBar and GS1-128 Composites Aztec Aztec Rune NOTE When selecting composite bar codes, enable AIM IDs if parsing UPC or EAN composite data, or data from an application that uses symbol separators. 11 - 18 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Lengths Scan these bar codes to define the number of characters the selected code type must contain. Select one length per rule only. Do not select any code length to select code types of any length. 1 Character 2 Characters 3 Characters 4 Characters 5 Characters 6 Characters Advanced Data Formatting Code Lengths (continued) 7 Characters 8 Characters 9 Characters 10 Characters 11 Characters 12 Characters 13 Characters 11 - 19 11 - 20 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Lengths (continued) 14 Characters 15 Characters 16 Characters 17 Characters 18 Characters 19 Characters 20 Characters Advanced Data Formatting Code Lengths (continued) 21 Characters 22 Characters 23 Characters 24 Characters 25 Characters 26 Characters 27 Characters 11 - 21 11 - 22 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Code Lengths (continued) 28 Characters 29 Characters 30 Characters Message Containing A Specific Data String Use this feature to select whether the formatting affects data that begins with a specific character or data string, or contains a specific character or data string. There are 5 features: • Specific String at Start • Specific String, Any Location • Specific String Search • Any Message OK • Rule Belongs to Set Specific String at Start 1. Scan the following bar code. 2. Scan the bar codes representing the desired character or characters (up to a total of 8) using the Alphanumeric Keyboard on page 11-91. 3. Scan End of Message bar code on page 11-100. Specific String At Start Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 23 Specific String, Any Location 1. Scan the following bar code. 2. Enter a location by scanning a two-digit number representing the position (use a leading “zero” if necessary) using the Numeric Keypad on page 11-24. 3. Scan the bar codes representing the desired character or characters (up to a total of 8) using the Alphanumeric Keyboard on page 11-91. 4. Scan End of Message bar code on page 11-100. Specific String Any Location Specific String Search 1. Scan the following bar code. 2. Scan the bar codes representing the desired character or characters (up to a total of 10) using the Alphanumeric Keyboard on page 11-91. 3. Scan End of Message bar code on page 11-100. Specific String Search Any Message OK Do not scan a bar code to format all selected code types, regardless of information contained. 11 - 24 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Numeric Keypad Do not confuse bar codes on this page with those on the alphanumeric keyboard. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Advanced Data Formatting Numeric Keypad (continued) 7 8 9 Cancel 11 - 25 11 - 26 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Rule Belongs To Set Select the set to which a rule belongs. There are four possible rule sets. See Alternate Rule Sets on page 11-3 for more information about rule sets. Rule Belongs To Set 1 Rule Belongs To Set 2 Rule Belongs To Set 3 Rule Belongs To Set 4 Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 27 Actions Select how to format the data for transmission. Send Data Send all data that follows, send all data up to a specific character selected from the Alphanumeric Keyboard on page 11-91, or send the next X characters. Note that only bar codes for Send Next 1 to 20 appear here, and can be scanned multiple times to send values greater then 20. For instance, to send the next 28 characters, scan Send Next 20 Characters, then Send Next 8 Characters. Send Data Up To Character Send All Data That Remains Send Next Character Send Next 2 Characters Send Next 3 Characters Send Next 4 Characters 11 - 28 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Data (continued) Send Next 5 Characters Send Next 6 Characters Send Next 7 Characters Send Next 8 Characters Send Next 9 Characters Send Next 10 Characters Send Next 11 Characters Advanced Data Formatting Send Data (continued) Send Next 12 Characters Send Next 13 Characters Send Next 14 Characters Send Next 15 Characters Send Next 16 Characters Send Next 17 Characters Send Next 18 Characters 11 - 29 11 - 30 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Data (continued) Send Next 19 Characters Send Next 20 Characters Setup Field(s) Table 11-2 Setup Field(s) Definitions Parameter Description Page Move Cursor Move Cursor To a Character Scan Move Cursor To Character, then any printable ASCII character from the Alphanumeric Keyboard on page 11-91. This moves the cursor to the position after the matching character. If the character is not there, the rule fails and ADF tries the next rule. 11-31 Move Cursor to Start of Data Scan this bar code to move cursor to the beginning of the data. 11-31 Move Cursor Past a Character This action moves the cursor past all sequential occurrences of a selected character. For example, if the selected character is ‘A’, then the cursor moves past ‘A’, ‘AA’, ‘AAA’, etc. Scan Move Cursor Past Character, then select a character from the Alphanumeric Keyboard. If the character is not there, the cursor does not move (i.e., has no effect). 11-32 Move Cursor Past a Specific String This action moves the cursor past the first occurrence of a selected string. Scan Move Cursor Past Specific String, then select the character(s) (up to 10) using the Alphanumeric Keyboard. Scan the End of Message bar code on page 11-100. 11-32 Move Cursor to Specific String and Replace This action moves the cursor to the first occurrence of a selected string and replaces the string with another user-defined string. Scan Move Cursor to Specific String and Replace, then enter an alphanumeric string representing the character(s) (up to 10) to match and delete using the Alphanumeric Keyboard. Scan the End of Message bar code on page 11-100. Enter another alphanumeric string representing the character(s) (up to 10) to insert using the Alphanumeric Keyboard. Scan End of Message. 11-32 Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 31 Table 11-2 Setup Field(s) Definitions (Continued) Parameter Description Page Move Cursor to Last Occurrence of String and Replace All This action replaces all occurrences of a selected string with another user-defined string, and moves the cursor to the beginning of the last occurrence. Scan Move Cursor to Last Occurrence of String and Replace All, then enter an alphanumeric string representing the character(s) (up to 10) to match and delete using the Alphanumeric Keyboard. Scan the End of Message bar code on page 11-100. Enter another alphanumeric string representing the character(s) (up to 10) to insert using the Alphanumeric Keyboard. Scan End of Message. 11-32 Skip to End Scan Skip to End to move cursor to the end of the data. 11-32 Skip Ahead “N” Characters Scan one of these bar codes to select the number of positions ahead to move the cursor. 11-33 Skip Back “N” Characters Scan one of these bar codes to select the number of positions back to move the cursor. 11-34 Send Preset Value Send Values 1 through 6 by scanning the appropriate bar code. Set these values using the prefix/suffix values in Table 8-4 on page 8-19. Value 1 = Scan Suffix Value 2 = Scan Prefix Values 3-6 are not applicable 11-34 Move Cursor Scan a bar code below to move the cursor in relation to a specified character. Then enter a character by scanning a bar code from the Alphanumeric Keyboard on page 11-91. NOTE If there is no match and the rule fails, the next rule is checked. Move Cursor To Character Move Cursor To Start 11 - 32 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Move Cursor (continued) Move Cursor Past Character Move Cursor Past Specific String Move Cursor to Specific String and Replace Move Cursor to Last Occurrence of String and Replace All Skip to End Send Pause Scan the bar code below to insert a pause in the transmission of data. Pause Duration on page 11-8 controls the length of this pause. Send Pause Advanced Data Formatting Skip Ahead Use the following bar codes to skip ahead characters. Skip Ahead 1 Character Skip Ahead 2 Characters Skip Ahead 3 Characters Skip Ahead 4 Characters Skip Ahead 5 Characters Skip Ahead 6 Characters Skip Ahead 7 Characters 11 - 33 11 - 34 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Skip Ahead (continued) Skip Ahead 8 Characters Skip Ahead 9 Characters Skip Ahead 10 Characters Skip Back Use the following bar codes to skip back characters. Skip Back 1 Character Skip Back 2 Characters Skip Back 3 Characters Advanced Data Formatting Skip Back (continued) Skip Back 4 Characters Skip Back 5 Characters Skip Back 6 Characters Skip Back 7 Characters Skip Back 8 Characters Skip Back 9 Characters Skip Back 10 Characters 11 - 35 11 - 36 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Preset Value Use these bar codes to send preset values. Set these values using the Scan Prefix and Scan Suffix bar codes on page 4-16. Send Prefix Send Suffix Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 37 Modify Data Modify data as described below. The following actions work for all send commands that follow it within a rule. Programming pad zeros to length 6, send next 3 characters, stop padding, send next 5 characters, adds three zeros to the first send, and the next send is unaffected by the padding. These options do not apply to the Send Keystroke or Send Preset Value options. Remove All Spaces To remove all spaces in the send commands that follow, scan the bar code below. Remove All Spaces Crunch All Spaces To leave one space between words, scan the bar code below. This also removes all leading and trailing spaces. Crunch All Spaces Stop Space Removal Scan the bar code below to disable space removal. Stop Space Removal Remove Leading Zeros Scan the bar code below to remove all leading zeros. Remove Leading Zeros Stop Zero Removal Scan the bar code below to disable the removal of zeros. Stop Zero Removal 11 - 38 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Pad Data with Spaces To pad data to the left, scan the bar code containing the desired number of spaces. Send commands activate this parameter. Pad Spaces To Length 1 Pad Spaces To Length 2 Pad Spaces To Length 3 Pad Spaces To Length 4 Pad Spaces To Length 5 Pad Spaces To Length 6 Pad Spaces To Length 7 Advanced Data Formatting Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces To Length 8 Pad Spaces To Length 9 Pad Spaces To Length 10 Pad Spaces To Length 11 Pad Spaces To Length 12 Pad Spaces To Length 13 Pad Spaces To Length 14 11 - 39 11 - 40 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces To Length 15 Pad Spaces To Length 16 Pad Spaces To Length 17 Pad Spaces To Length 18 Pad Spaces To Length 19 Pad Spaces To Length 20 Pad Spaces To Length 21 Advanced Data Formatting Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces To Length 22 Pad Spaces To Length 23 Pad Spaces To Length 24 Pad Spaces To Length 25 Pad Spaces To Length 26 Pad Spaces To Length 27 Pad Spaces To Length 28 11 - 41 11 - 42 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Pad Data with Spaces (continued) Pad Spaces To Length 29 Pad Spaces To Length 30 Stop Pad Spaces Pad Data with Zeros To pad data to the left, scan the bar code containing the desired number of zeros. Send commands activate this parameter. Pad Zeros To Length 1 Pad Zeros To Length 2 Pad Zeros To Length 3 Advanced Data Formatting Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros To Length 4 Pad Zeros To Length 5 Pad Zeros To Length 6 Pad Zeros To Length 7 Pad Zeros To Length 8 Pad Zeros To Length 9 Pad Zeros To Length 10 11 - 43 11 - 44 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros To Length 11 Pad Zeros To Length 12 Pad Zeros To Length 13 Pad Zeros To Length 14 Pad Zeros To Length 15 Pad Zeros To Length 16 Pad Zeros To Length 17 Advanced Data Formatting Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros To Length 18 Pad Zeros To Length 19 Pad Zeros To Length 20 Pad Zeros To Length 21 Pad Zeros To Length 22 Pad Zeros To Length 23 Pad Zeros To Length 24 11 - 45 11 - 46 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Pad Data with Zeros (continued) Pad Zeros To Length 25 Pad Zeros To Length 26 Pad Zeros To Length 27 Pad Zeros To Length 28 Pad Zeros To Length 29 Pad Zeros To Length 30 Stop Pad Zeros Advanced Data Formatting Beeps Select a beep sequence for each ADF rule. Beep Once Beep Twice Beep Three Times Send Keystroke (Control Characters and Keyboard Characters) Control Characters Scan a Send bar code for the keystroke to send. Send Control 2 Send Control A Send Control B 11 - 47 11 - 48 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Control Characters (continued) Send Control C Send Control D Send Control E Send Control F Send Control G Send Control H Send Control I Advanced Data Formatting Control Characters (continued) Send Control J Send Control K Send Control L Send Control M Send Control N Send Control O Send Control P 11 - 49 11 - 50 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Control Characters (continued) Send Control Q Send Control R Send Control S Send Control T Send Control U Send Control V Send Control W Advanced Data Formatting Control Characters (continued) Send Control X Send Control Y Send Control Z Send Control [ Send Control \ Send Control ] 11 - 51 11 - 52 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Control Characters (continued) Send Control 6 Send Control - Keyboard Characters Scan a Send bar code for the keyboard characters to send. Send Space Send ! Send “ Send # Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send $ Send % Send & Send ‘ Send ( Send ) Send * 11 - 53 11 - 54 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters (continued) Send + Send , Send - Send . Send / Send 0 Send 1 Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 2 Send 3 Send 4 Send 5 Send 6 Send 7 Send 8 11 - 55 11 - 56 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters (continued) Send 9 Send : Send ; Send < Send = Send > Send ? Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send @ Send A Send B Send C Send D Send E Send F 11 - 57 11 - 58 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters (continued) Send G Send H Send I Send J Send K Send L Send M Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send N Send O Send P Send Q Send R Send S Send T 11 - 59 11 - 60 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters (continued) Send U Send V Send W Send X Send Y Send Z Send [ Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send \ Send ] Send ^ Send _ Send ` Send a Send b 11 - 61 11 - 62 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters (continued) Send c Send d Send e Send f Send g Send h Send i Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send j Send k Send l Send m Send n Send o Send p 11 - 63 11 - 64 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Keyboard Characters (continued) Send q Send r Send s Send t Send u Send v Send w Advanced Data Formatting Keyboard Characters (continued) Send x Send y Send z Send { Send | Send } Send ~ 11 - 65 11 - 66 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send ALT Characters Send Alt 2 Send Alt A Send Alt B Send Alt C Send Alt D Send Alt E Send Alt F Advanced Data Formatting Send ALT Characters (continued) Send Alt G Send Alt H Send Alt I Send Alt J Send Alt K Send Alt L Send Alt M 11 - 67 11 - 68 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send ALT Characters (continued) Send Alt N Send Alt O Send Alt P Send Alt Q Send Alt R Send Alt S Send Alt T Advanced Data Formatting Send ALT Characters (continued) Send Alt U Send Alt V Send Alt W Send Alt X Send Alt Y Send Alt Z Send Alt [ 11 - 69 11 - 70 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send ALT Characters (continued) Send Alt \ Send Alt ] Advanced Data Formatting Send Keypad Characters Send Keypad * Send Keypad + Send Keypad - Send Keypad . Send Keypad / Send Keypad 0 Send Keypad 1 11 - 71 11 - 72 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Keypad 2 Send Keypad 3 Send Keypad 4 Send Keypad 5 Send Keypad 6 Send Keypad 7 Send Keypad 8 Advanced Data Formatting Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Keypad 9 Send Keypad Enter Send Keypad Numlock Send Break Key Send Delete Key Send Page Up Key Send End Key 11 - 73 11 - 74 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Page Down Key Send Pause Key Send Scroll Lock Key Send Backspace Key Send Tab Key Send Print Screen Key Send Insert Key Advanced Data Formatting Send Keypad Characters (continued) Send Home Key Send Enter Key Send Escape Key Send Up Arrow Key Send Down Arrow Key Send Left Arrow Key Send Right Arrow Key 11 - 75 11 - 76 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Function Key Send F1 Key Send F2 Key Send F3 Key Send F4 Key Send F5 Key Send F6 Key Send F7 Key Advanced Data Formatting Send Function Key (continued) Send F8 Key Send F9 Key Send F10 Key Send F11 Key Send F12 Key Send F13 Key Send F14 Key 11 - 77 11 - 78 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Function Key (continued) Send F15 Key Send F16 Key Send F17 Key Send F18 Key Send F19 Key Send F20 Key Send F21 Key Advanced Data Formatting Send Function Key (continued) Send F22 Key Send F23 Key Send F24 Key Send PF1 Key Send PF2 Key Send PF3 Key Send PF4 Key 11 - 79 11 - 80 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Function Key (continued) Send PF5 Key Send PF6 Key Send PF7 Key Send PF8 Key Send PF9 Key Send PF10 Key Send PF11 Key Advanced Data Formatting Send Function Key (continued) Send PF12 Key Send PF13 Key Send PF14 Key Send PF15 Key Send PF16 Key Send PF17 Key Send PF18 Key 11 - 81 11 - 82 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Function Key (continued) Send PF19 Key Send PF20 Key Send PF21 Key Send PF22 Key Send PF23 Key Send PF24 Key Send PF25 Key Advanced Data Formatting Send Function Key (continued) Send PF26 Key Send PF27 Key Send PF28 Key Send PF29 Key Send PF30 Key Send Right Control Key The “Send Right Control Key” action will send a tap (press and release) of the Right Control Key. Send Right Control Key 11 - 83 11 - 84 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters The Send Graphic User Interface Character actions tap the specified key while holding the System Dependent Graphic User Interface (GUI) key. The definition of the Graphic User Interface key depends on the attached system. Send GUI 0 Send GUI 1 Send GUI 2 Send GUI 3 Send GUI 4 Send GUI 5 Advanced Data Formatting Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (continued) Send GUI 6 Send GUI 7 Send GUI 8 Send GUI 9 Send GUI A Send GUI B Send GUI C 11 - 85 11 - 86 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (continued) Send GUI D Send GUI E Send GUI F Send GUI G Send GUI H Send GUI I Send GUI J Advanced Data Formatting Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (continued) Send GUI K Send GUI L Send GUI M Send GUI N Send GUI O Send GUI P Send GUI Q 11 - 87 11 - 88 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (continued) Send GUI R Send GUI S Send GUI T Send GUI U Send GUI V Send GUI W Send GUI X Advanced Data Formatting Send Graphic User Interface (GUI) Characters (continued) Send GUI Y Send GUI Z Turn On/Off Rule Sets Use these bar codes to turn rule sets on and off. Turn On Rule Set 1 Turn On Rule Set 2 Turn On Rule Set 3 Turn On Rule Set 4 11 - 89 11 - 90 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Turn On/Off Rule Sets (continued) Use these bar codes to turn rule sets on and off. Turn Off Rule Set 1 Turn Off Rule Set 2 Turn Off Rule Set 3 Turn Off Rule Set 4 Advanced Data Formatting Alphanumeric Keyboard Space # $ % * (Single Close Quote) + (Dash) 11 - 91 11 - 92 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) . , (Comma) / ! “ & ‘ ( Advanced Data Formatting Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) ) : ; < = > ? 11 - 93 11 - 94 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) @ [ \ ] ^ _ (Underscore) ` (Single Open Quote) Advanced Data Formatting Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) NOTE Do not confuse the numeric bar codes below with those on the numeric keypad. 0 1 2 3 4 5 11 - 95 11 - 96 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) 6 7 8 9 A B C Advanced Data Formatting Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) D E F G H I J 11 - 97 11 - 98 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) K L M N O P Q Advanced Data Formatting Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) R S T U V W X 11 - 99 11 - 100 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) Y Z Cancel End of Message a b c Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 101 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) d e f g h i j 11 - 102 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) k l m n o p q Advanced Data Formatting 11 - 103 Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) r s t u v w x 11 - 104 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Alphanumeric Keyboard (continued) y z { | } ~ Appendix A Standard Default Parameters Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number User Preferences Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults 4-4 Parameter Scanning ECh Enable 4-5 Beeper Tone 91h Medium 4-5 Beeper Volume 8Ch High 4-5 Power Mode 80h Continuous On 4-6 Time Delay to Low Power Mode 92h 1 Minute 4-7 Trigger Mode 8Ah Auto Aim 4-8 Picklist Mode F0h, 92h Disabled Always 4-9 Decode Session Timeout 88h 9.9 Sec 4-10 Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 89h 0.6 Sec 4-10 Beep After Good Decode 38h Enable 4-11 Decoding Illumination F0h, 2Ah Enable 4-11 DP Illumination F1h, 3Bh Auto 4-12 Decode Aiming Pattern F0h, 32h Enable 4-13 Fuzzy 1D Processing F1h, 02h Enable 4-13 Decode Mirror Images F1h, 19h Never 4-14 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. A-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Miscellaneous Scanner Options Transmit Code ID Character 2Dh None 4-15 Prefix Value 63h, 69h 7013 4-16 Suffix 1 Value Suffix 2 Value 62h, 68h 64h, 6Ah 7013 4-16 Scan Data Transmission Format EBh Data as is 4-17 FN1 Substitution Values 67h, 6Dh Set 4-18 Transmit “No Read” Message 5Eh Disable 4-19 Operational Modes N/A N/A 5-4 Low Light Enhancement F1h 64h Disable 5-5 Presentation Mode Field of View F1h 61h Default (Reduced) 5-5 Image Capture Autoexposure F0h 68h Enable 5-6 Image Capture Illumination F0h 69h Enable 5-6 Illumination Bank Control F1h 3Bh Full 5-7 Fixed Exposure F4h, F1h, 37h 100 5-8 Fixed Gain F1h 38h 50 5-8 Gain Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode F1h 32h Autodetect 5-9 Snapshot Mode Timeout F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) 5-10 Snapshot Aiming Pattern F0h 2Ch Enable 5-10 Image Cropping F0h 2Dh Disable 5-11 Crop to Pixel Addresses F4h F0h 3Bh; F4h F0h 3Ch; F4h F0h 3Dh; F4h F0h 3Eh 0 top, 0 left, 1023 bottom, 1279 right 5-12 Image Size (Number of Pixels) F0h 2Eh Full 5-13 Image Brightness (Target White) F0h 86h 180 5-14 JPEG Image Options F0h 2Bh Quality 5-14 JPEG Target File Size F1h 31h 160 kB 5-15 Imaging Preferences 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. Standard Default Parameters Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number JPEG Quality and Size Value F0h 31h 65 5-15 Image Enhancement F1h 34h Off (0) 5-16 Image File Format Selection F0h 30h JPEG 5-17 Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 2Fh 8 BPP 5-18 Signature Capture 5Dh Disable 5-19 Signature Capture Image File Format Selection F0h 39h JPEG 5-20 Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 3Ah 8 BPP 5-21 Signature Capture Width F4h F0h 6Eh 400 5-22 Signature Capture Height F4h F0h 6Fh 100 5-22 Signature Capture JPEG Quality F0h A5h 65 5-22 Video View Finder F0h 44h Disable 5-23 Target Video Frame Size F0h 48h 2200 bytes 5-23 Video View Finder Image Size F0h 49h 1700 bytes 5-24 Baud Rate 9Ch 9600 6-4 Parity 9Eh None 6-6 Check Parity 97h Enable 6-7 Software Handshaking 9Fh ACK/NAK 6-7 Host RTS Line State 9Ah Low 6-8 Decode Data Packet Format EEh Send Raw Decode Data 6-8 Stop Bits 9Dh 1 6-9 Host Serial Response Time-out 9Bh 2 sec 6-10 Host Character Time-out EFh 200 msec 6-11 Multipacket Option F0h 4Eh Option 1 6-12 Interpacket Delay F0h 4Fh 0 ms 6-13 Decode Event F0h 00h Disable 6-14 Boot Up Event F0h 02h Disable 6-15 SSI Host Preferences SSI Event Reporting 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. A-3 A-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Event Parameter Number F0h 03h Default Page Number Disable 6-15 USB Device Type HID Keyboard Emulation 7-4 Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking Enable 7-5 USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) North American 7-6 USB Keystroke Delay No Delay 7-8 USB CAPS Lock Override Disable 7-8 USB Ignore Unknown Characters Enable 7-9 Emulate Keypad Disable 7-9 Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Disable 7-10 USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution Disable 7-10 Function Key Mapping Disable 7-11 Simulated Caps Lock Disable 7-11 Convert Case No Case Conversion 7-12 RS-232 Host Types Standard1 8-6 Baud Rate 9600 8-7 Parity Type None 8-9 Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit 8-10 Data Bits 8-Bit 8-10 Check Receive Errors Enable 8-11 Hardware Handshaking None 8-11 Software Handshaking None 8-13 Host Serial Response Time-out 2 Sec 8-15 RTS Line State Low RTS 8-16 Beep on Disable 8-16 Intercharacter Delay 0 msec 8-17 USB Host Parameters RS-232 Host Parameters 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. Standard Default Parameters Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Nixdorf Beep/LED Options Normal Operation 8-18 Ignore Unknown Characters Send Bar Code 8-18 None1 9-1 123Scan Configuration Tool 123Scan Configuration UPC/EAN UPC-A 01h Enable 10-7 UPC-E 02h Enable 10-7 UPC-E1 0Ch Disable 10-8 EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable 10-8 EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable 10-9 Bookland EAN 53h Disable 10-9 Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (2 and 5 digits) 10h Ignore 10-10 User-Programmable Supplementals Supplemental 1: Supplemental 2: F1h 43h F1h 44h UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 50h 10 10-14 Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 28h Enable 10-14 Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 29h Enable 10-15 Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 2Ah Enable 10-15 UPC-A Preamble 22h System Character 10-16 UPC-E Preamble 23h System Character 10-17 UPC-E1 Preamble 24h System Character 10-18 Convert UPC-E to A 25h Disable 10-19 Convert UPC-E1 to A 26h Disable 10-19 EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 27h Disable 10-20 Bookland ISBN Format F1h 40h ISBN-10 10-21 UCC Coupon Extended Code 55h Disable 10-22 ISSN EAN F1h 69h Disable 10-22 1 10-13 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. A-5 A-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Code 128 Code 128 08h Enable 10-23 Set Length(s) for Code 128 D1h D2h Any Length 10-23 GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 0Eh Enable 10-25 ISBT 128 54h Enable 10-25 ISBT Concatenation F1h 41h Disable 10-26 Check ISBT Table F1h 42h Enable 10-27 ISBT Concatenation Redundancy DFh 10 10-27 Code 39 00h Enable 10-28 Trioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 10-28 Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy Code) 56h Disable 10-29 Code 32 Prefix E7h Disable 10-29 Set Length(s) for Code 39 12h 13h 2 to 55 10-30 Code 39 Check Digit Verification 30h Disable 10-31 Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 2Bh Disable 10-32 Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 10-32 Buffer Code 39 71h Disable 10-33 Code 93 09h Disable 10-36 Set Length(s) for Code 93 1Ah 1Bh 4 to 55 10-36 Code 11 0Ah Disable 10-38 Set Lengths for Code 11 1Ch 1Dh 4 to 55 10-38 Code 11 Check Digit Verification 34h Disable 10-40 Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 2Fh Disable 10-41 Code 39 Code 93 Code 11 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. Standard Default Parameters Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 06h Enable 10-42 Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 16h 17h 14 10-42 I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 31h Disable 10-44 Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 2Ch Disable 10-44 Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 52h Disable 10-45 Discrete 2 of 5 05h Disable 10-46 Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 14h 15h 12 10-46 Codabar 07h Disable 10-48 Set Lengths for Codabar 18h 19h 5 to 55 10-48 CLSI Editing 36h Disable 10-50 NOTIS Editing 37h Disable 10-50 MSI 0Bh Disable 10-51 Set Length(s) for MSI 1Eh 1Fh 4 to 55 10-51 MSI Check Digits 32h One 10-52 Transmit MSI Check Digit 2Eh Disable 10-53 MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 10-53 F0h 98h Disable 10-54 Matrix 2 of 5 F1h 6Ah Disable 10-55 Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths F1h 6Bh F1h 6Ch 1 Length - 14 10-56 Matrix 2 of 5 Redundancy F1h 6Dh Disable 10-57 Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Eh Disable 10-57 Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) Codabar (NW - 7) MSI Chinese 2 of 5 Chinese 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. A-7 A-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Fh Disable 10-58 Inverse 1D Decoder F1h 4Ah SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-59 US Postnet 59h Enable 10-60 US Planet 5Ah Enable 10-60 Transmit US Postal Check Digit 5Fh Enable 10-61 UK Postal 5Bh Enable 10-61 Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 60h Enable 10-62 Japan Postal F0h 22h Enable 10-62 Australian Postal F0h 23h Enable 10-63 Netherlands KIX Code F0h 46h Enable 10-63 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail F1h 50h Disable 10-64 UPU FICS Postal F1h 63h Disable 10-64 GS1 DataBar-14 F0h 52h Enable 10-65 GS1 DataBar Limited F0h 53h Enable 10-65 GS1 DataBar Expanded F0h 54h Enable 10-66 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN F0h 8Dh Disable 10-66 Composite CC-C F0h 55h Disable 10-67 Composite CC-A/B F0h 56h Disable 10-67 Composite TLC-39 F0h 73h Disable 10-68 UPC Composite Mode F0h 58h Always Linked 10-69 Composite Beep Mode F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code Type is Decoded 10-70 GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes F0h ABh Disable 10-70 Postal Codes GS1 DataBar Composite 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. Standard Default Parameters Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued) Parameter Parameter Number Default Page Number 2D Symbologies PDF417 0Fh Enable 10-71 MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 10-71 Code 128 Emulation 7Bh Disable 10-72 Data Matrix F0h 24h Enable 10-73 Data Matrix Inverse F1h 4Ch SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-74 Maxicode F0h 26h Enable 10-75 QR Code F0h 25h Enable 10-75 QR Inverse F1h 4Bh SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-76 MicroQR F1h 3Dh Enable 10-77 Aztec F1h 3Eh Enable 10-77 Aztec Inverse F1h 4Dh SR, DC: Regular DP, HD: Autodetect 10-78 Redundancy Level 4Eh 1 10-79 Security Level 4Dh 1 10-81 Intercharacter Gap Size F0h 7Dh Normal 10-82 Symbology-Specific Security Levels Report Version 10-82 Macro PDF Flush Macro PDF Buffer 10-83 Abort Macro PDF Entry 10-83 1 User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection. A-9 A - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Appendix B Programming Reference Symbol Code Identifiers Table B-1 Symbol Code Characters Code Character Code Type A UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13 B Code 39, Code 32 C Codabar D Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated E Code 93 F Interleaved 2 of 5 G Discrete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA H Code 11 J MSI K GS1-128 L Bookland EAN M Trioptic Code 39 N Coupon Code R GS1 DataBar Family S Matrix 2 of 5 T UCC Composite, TLC 39 U Chinese 2 of 5 B-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table B-1 Symbol Code Characters (Continued) Code Character Code Type X ISSN EAN, PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417 z Aztec, Aztec Rune P00 Data Matrix P01 QR Code, MicroQR P02 Maxicode P03 US Postnet P04 US Planet P05 Japan Postal P06 UK Postal P08 Netherlands KIX Code P09 Australian Postal P0A USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail P0B UPU FICS Postal P0X Signature Capture Programming Reference AIM Code Identifiers Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three-character string ]cm where: ] = Flag Character (ASCII 93) c = Code Character (see Table B-2) m = Modifier Character (see Table B-3) Table B-2 Aim Code Characters Code Character Code Type A Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32 C Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated, GS1-128, Coupon (Code 128 portion) d Data Matrix E UPC/EAN, Coupon (UPC portion) e GS1 DataBar Family F Codabar G Code 93 H Code 11 I Interleaved 2 of 5 L PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417 L2 TLC 39 M MSI Q QR Code, MicroQR S Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5 U Maxicode z Aztec, Aztec Rune X Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Trioptic Code 39, Chinese 2 of 5, Matrix 2 of 5, US Postnet, US Planet, UK Postal, Japan Postal, Australian Postal, Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, UPU FICS Postal, Signature Capture B-3 B-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table B-3. Table B-3 Modifier Characters Code Type Code 39 Option Value Option 0 No check character or Full ASCII processing. 1 Reader has checked one check character. 3 Reader has checked and stripped check character. 4 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion. 5 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked one check character. 7 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked and stripped check character. Example: A Full ASCII bar code with check character W, A+I+MI+DW, is transmitted as ]A7AIMID where 7 = (3+4). Trioptic Code 39 0 No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Trioptic bar code 412356 is transmitted as ]X0412356 Code 128 0 Standard data packet, no Function code 1 in first symbol position. 1 Function code 1 in first symbol character position. 2 Function code 1 in second symbol character position. Example: A Code (EAN) 128 bar code with Function 1 character FNC1 in the first position, AIMID is transmitted as ]C1AIMID I 2 of 5 0 No check digit processing. 1 Reader has validated check digit. 3 Reader has validated and stripped check digit. Example: An I 2 of 5 bar code without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]I04123 Codabar 0 No check digit processing. 1 Reader has checked check digit. 3 Reader has stripped check digit before transmission. Example: A Codabar bar code without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]F04123 Code 93 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Code 93 bar code 012345678905 is transmitted as ]G0012345678905 MSI 0 Check digits are sent. 1 No check digit is sent. Example: An MSI bar code 4123, with a single check digit checked, is transmitted as ]M14123 Programming Reference Table B-3 Modifier Characters (Continued) Code Type D 2 of 5 Option Value 0 Option No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A D 2 of 5 bar code 4123, is transmitted as ]S04123 UPC/EAN 0 Standard packet in full EAN country code format, which is 13 digits for UPC-A, UPC-E, and EAN-13 (not including supplemental data). 1 Two-digit supplement data only. 2 Five-digit supplement data only. 3 Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from a UPC-A, UPC-E, or EAN-13 symbol and 2 or 5 digits from a supplemental symbol. 4 EAN-8 data packet. Example: A UPC-A bar code 012345678905 is transmitted as ]E00012345678905 Bookland EAN 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: A Bookland EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X ISSN EAN 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0. Example: An ISSN EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X Code 11 0 Single check digit 1 Two check digits 3 Check characters validated but not transmitted. GS1 DataBar Family No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited transmit with an Application Identifier “01”. Note: In GS1-128 emulation mode, GS1 DataBar is transmitted using Code 128 rules (i.e., ]C1). Example: A DataBar-14 bar code 0110012345678902 is transmitted as ]e00110012345678902. EAN.UCC Composites (GS1 DataBar, GS1-128, 2D portion of UPC composite) Native mode transmission. Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules. 0 Standard data packet. 1 Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol separator character. 2 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character. The data packet does not support the ECI protocol. 3 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character. The data packet supports the ECI protocol. GS1-128 emulation Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules. 1 Data packet is a GS1-128 symbol (i.e., data is preceded with ]C1). B-5 B-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table B-3 Modifier Characters (Continued) Code Type PDF417, Micro PDF417 Option Value Option 0 Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology specifications. Note: When this option is transmitted, the receiver cannot reliably determine whether ECIs have been invoked or whether data byte 92DEC has been doubled in transmission. 1 Reader set to follow the ECI protocol (Extended Channel Interpretation). All data characters 92DEC are doubled. 2 Reader set for Basic Channel operation (no escape character transmission protocol). Data characters 92DEC are not doubled. Note: When decoders are set to this mode, unbuffered Macro symbols and symbols requiring the decoder to convey ECI escape sequences cannot be transmitted. 3 The bar code contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is 903-907, 912, 914, 915. 4 The bar code contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range 908-909. 5 The bar code contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range 910-911. Example: A PDF417 bar code ABCD, with no transmission protocol enabled, is transmitted as ]L2ABCD. Data Matrix MaxiCode 0 ECC 000-140, not supported. 1 ECC 200. 2 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position. 3 ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position. 4 ECC 200, ECI protocol implemented. 5 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position, ECI protocol implemented. 6 ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position, ECI protocol implemented. 0 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5. 1 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3. 2 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5, ECI protocol implemented. 3 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3, ECI protocol implemented in secondary message. Programming Reference Table B-3 Modifier Characters (Continued) Code Type QR Code Aztec Option Value Option 0 Model 1 symbol. 1 Model 2 / MicroQR symbol, ECI protocol not implemented. 2 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented. 3 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position. 4 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in first position. 5 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in second position. 6 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in second position. 0 Aztec symbol. C Aztec Rune symbol. B-7 B-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Appendix C Sample Bar Codes Code 39 123ABC UPC/EAN UPC-A, 100% 0 12345 67890 5 C-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide EAN-13, 100% 3 4 5 67 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 0 Code 128 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234 Interleaved 2 of 5 12345678901231 Sample Bar Codes GS1 DataBar-14 NOTE GS1 DataBar-14 must be enabled to read the bar code below (see GS1 DataBar-14 on page 10-65). 7612341562341 PDF417 Data Matrix C-3 C-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Maxicode QR Code US Postnet Sample Bar Codes UK Postal C-5 C-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Appendix D Numeric Bar Codes Numeric Bar Codes For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered bar code(s). 0 1 2 3 4 D-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Numeric Bar Codes (continued) 5 6 7 8 9 Cancel To correct an error or change a selection, scan the bar code below. Cancel Appendix E ASCII Character Sets Table E-1 ASCII Value Table ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1000 %U CTRL 2 1001 $A CTRL A 1002 $B CTRL B 1003 $C CTRL C 1004 $D CTRL D 1005 $E CTRL E 1006 $F CTRL F 1007 $G CTRL G 1008 $H CTRL H/BACKSPACE1 1009 $I CTRL I/HORIZONTAL TAB1 1010 $J CTRL J 1011 $K CTRL K 1012 $L CTRL L 1013 $M CTRL M/ENTER1 1014 $N CTRL N 1015 $O CTRL O The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. E-2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued) ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1016 $P CTRL P 1017 $Q CTRL Q 1018 $R CTRL R 1019 $S CTRL S 1020 $T CTRL T 1021 $U CTRL U 1022 $V CTRL V 1023 $W CTRL W 1024 $X CTRL X 1025 $Y CTRL Y 1026 $Z CTRL Z 1027 %A CTRL [ 1028 %B CTRL \ 1029 %C CTRL ] 1030 %D CTRL 6 1031 %E CTRL - 1032 Space Space 1033 /A ! 1034 /B “ 1035 /C # 1036 /D $ 1037 /E % 1038 /F & 1039 /G ‘ 1040 /H ( 1041 /I ) 1042 /J * 1043 /K + The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. ASCII Character Sets Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued) Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char ASCII Value Keystroke 1044 /L , 1045 - - 1046 . . 1047 /o / 1048 0 0 1049 1 1 1050 2 2 1051 3 3 1052 4 4 1053 5 5 1054 6 6 1055 7 7 1056 8 8 1057 9 9 1058 /Z : 1059 %F ; 1060 %G < 1061 %H = 1062 %I > 1063 %J ? 1064 %V @ 1065 A A 1066 B B 1067 C C 1068 D D 1069 E E 1070 F F 1071 G G The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. E-3 E-4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued) Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char ASCII Value Keystroke 1072 H H 1073 I I 1074 J J 1075 K K 1076 L L 1077 M M 1078 N N 1079 O O 1080 P P 1081 Q Q 1082 R R 1083 S S 1084 T T 1085 U U 1086 V V 1087 W W 1088 X X 1089 Y Y 1090 Z Z 1091 %K [ 1092 %L \ 1093 %M ] 1094 %N ^ 1095 %O _ 1096 %W ‘ 1097 +A a 1098 +B b 1099 +C c The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. ASCII Character Sets Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued) ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39 Encode Char Keystroke 1100 +D d 1101 +E e 1102 +F f 1103 +G g 1104 +H h 1105 +I i 1106 +J j 1107 +K k 1108 +L l 1109 +M m 1110 +N n 1111 +O o 1112 +P p 1113 +Q q 1114 +R r 1115 +S s 1116 +T t 1117 +U u 1118 +V v 1119 +W w 1120 +X x 1121 +Y y 1122 +Z z 1123 %P { 1124 %Q I 1125 %R } 1126 %S ~ The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits. E-5 E-6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table E-2 ALT Key Standard Default Tables ALT Keys Keystroke 2064 ALT 2 2065 ALT A 2066 ALT B 2067 ALT C 2068 ALT D 2069 ALT E 2070 ALT F 2071 ALT G 2072 ALT H 2073 ALT I 2074 ALT J 2075 ALT K 2076 ALT L 2077 ALT M 2078 ALT N 2079 ALT O 2080 ALT P 2081 ALT Q 2082 ALT R 2083 ALT S 2084 ALT T 2085 ALT U 2086 ALT V 2087 ALT W 2088 ALT X 2089 ALT Y 2090 ALT Z ASCII Character Sets Table E-3 USB GUI Key Character Set GUI Key Keystroke 3000 Right Control Key 3048 GUI 0 3049 GUI 1 3050 GUI 2 3051 GUI 3 3052 GUI 4 3053 GUI 5 3054 GUI 6 3055 GUI 7 3056 GUI 8 3057 GUI 9 3065 GUI A 3066 GUI B 3067 GUI C 3068 GUI D 3069 GUI E 3070 GUI F 3071 GUI G 3072 GUI H 3073 GUI I 3074 GUI J 3075 GUI K 3076 GUI L 3077 GUI M 3078 GUI N 3079 GUI O Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. E-7 E-8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table E-3 USB GUI Key Character Set (Continued) GUI Key Keystroke 3080 GUI P 3081 GUI Q 3082 GUI R 3083 GUI S 3084 GUI T 3085 GUI U 3086 GUI V 3087 GUI W 3088 GUI X 3089 GUI Y 3090 GUI Z Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key. ASCII Character Sets Table E-4 PF Key Standard Default Table PF Keys Keystroke 4001 PF 1 4002 PF 2 4003 PF 3 4004 PF 4 4005 PF 5 4006 PF 6 4007 PF 7 4008 PF 8 4009 PF 9 4010 PF 10 4011 PF 11 4012 PF 12 4013 PF 13 4014 PF 14 4015 PF 15 4016 PF 16 E-9 E - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table E-5 F key Standard Default Table F Keys Keystroke 5001 F1 5002 F2 5003 F3 5004 F4 5005 F5 5006 F6 5007 F7 5008 F8 5009 F9 5010 F 10 5011 F 11 5012 F 12 5013 F 13 5014 F 14 5015 F 15 5016 F 16 5017 F 17 5018 F 18 5019 F 19 5020 F 20 5021 F 21 5022 F 22 5023 F 23 5024 F 24 ASCII Character Sets E - 11 Table E-6 Numeric Key Standard Default Table Numeric Keypad Keystroke 6042 * 6043 + 6044 Undefined 6045 - 6046 . 6047 / 6048 0 6049 1 6050 2 6051 3 6052 4 6053 5 6054 6 6055 7 6056 8 6057 9 6058 Enter 6059 Num Lock E - 12 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Table E-7 Extended Keypad Standard Default Table Extended Keypad Keystroke 7001 Break 7002 Delete 7003 Pg Up 7004 End 7005 Pg Dn 7006 Pause 7007 Scroll Lock 7008 Backspace 7009 Tab 7010 Print Screen 7011 Insert 7012 Home 7013 Enter 7014 Escape 7015 Up Arrow 7016 Dn Arrow 7017 Left Arrow 7018 Right Arrow Glossary A Aperture. The opening in an optical system defined by a lens or baffle that establishes the field of view. API. An interface by means of which one software component communicates with or controls another. Usually used to refer to services provided by one software component to another, usually via software interrupts or function calls Application Programming Interface. See API. ASCII. American Standard Code for Information Interchange. A 7 bit-plus-parity code representing 128 letters, numerals, punctuation marks and control characters. It is a standard data transmission code in the U.S. Autodiscrimination. The ability of an interface controller to determine the code type of a scanned bar code. After this determination is made, the information content is decoded. B Bar. The dark element in a printed bar code symbol. Bar Code. A pattern of variable-width bars and spaces which represents numeric or alphanumeric data in machine-readable form. The general format of a bar code symbol consists of a leading margin, start character, data or message character, check character (if any), stop character, and trailing margin. Within this framework, each recognizable symbology uses its own unique format. See Symbology. Bar Code Density. The number of characters represented per unit of measurement (e.g., characters per inch). Bar Height. The dimension of a bar measured perpendicular to the bar width. Bar Width. Thickness of a bar measured from the edge closest to the symbol start character to the trailing edge of the same bar. BIOS. Basic Input Output System. A collection of ROM-based code with a standard API used to interface with standard PC hardware. Glossary - 2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Bit. Binary digit. One bit is the basic unit of binary information. Generally, eight consecutive bits compose one byte of data. The pattern of 0 and 1 values within the byte determines its meaning. Bits per Second (bps). Bits transmitted or received. Boot or Boot-up. The process a computer goes through when it starts. During boot-up, the computer can run self-diagnostic tests and configure hardware and software. BOOTP. A protocol for remote booting of diskless devices. Assigns an IP address to a machine and may specify a boot file. The client sends a bootp request as a broadcast to the bootp server port (67) and the bootp server responds using the bootp client port (68). The bootp server must have a table of all devices, associated MAC addresses and IP addresses. bps. See Bits Per Second. Byte. On an addressable boundary, eight adjacent binary digits (0 and 1) combined in a pattern to represent a specific character or numeric value. Bits are numbered from the right, 0 through 7, with bit 0 the low-order bit. One byte in memory is used to store one ASCII character. C CDRH. Center for Devices and Radiological Health. A federal agency responsible for regulating laser product safety. This agency specifies various laser operation classes based on power output during operation. CDRH Class 1. This is the lowest power CDRH laser classification. This class is considered intrinsically safe, even if all laser output were directed into the eye's pupil. There are no special operating procedures for this class. CDRH Class 2. No additional software mechanisms are needed to conform to this limit. Laser operation in this class poses no danger for unintentional direct human exposure. Character. A pattern of bars and spaces which either directly represents data or indicates a control function, such as a number, letter, punctuation mark, or communications control contained in a message. Character Set. Those characters available for encoding in a particular bar code symbology. Check Digit. A digit used to verify a correct symbol decode. The scanner inserts the decoded data into an arithmetic formula and checks that the resulting number matches the encoded check digit. Check digits are required for UPC but are optional for other symbologies. Using check digits decreases the chance of substitution errors when a symbol is decoded. Codabar. A discrete self-checking code with a character set consisting of digits 0 to 9 and six additional characters: ( - $ : / , +). Code 128. A high density symbology which allows the controller to encode all 128 ASCII characters without adding extra symbol elements. Code 3 of 9 (Code 39). A versatile and widely used alphanumeric bar code symbology with a set of 43 character types, including all uppercase letters, numerals from 0 to 9 and 7 special characters (- . / + % $ and space). The code name is derived from the fact that 3 of 9 elements representing a character are wide, while the remaining 6 are narrow. Code 93. An industrial symbology compatible with Code 39 but offering a full character ASCII set and a higher coding density than Code 39. Glossary - 3 Code Length. Number of data characters in a bar code between the start and stop characters, not including those characters. Cold Boot. A cold boot restarts the mobile computer and erases all user stored records and entries. COM Port. Communication port; ports are identified by number, e.g., COM1, COM2. Continuous Code. A bar code or symbol in which all spaces within the symbol are parts of characters. There are no intercharacter gaps in a continuous code. The absence of gaps allows for greater information density. Cradle. A cradle is used for charging the terminal battery and for communicating with a host computer, and provides a storage place for the terminal when not in use. D Dead Zone. An area within a scanner's field of view, in which specular reflection may prevent a successful decode. Decode. To recognize a bar code symbology (e.g., UPC/EAN) and then analyze the content of the specific bar code scanned. Decode Algorithm. A decoding scheme that converts pulse widths into data representation of the letters or numbers encoded within a bar code symbol. Decryption. Decryption is the decoding and unscrambling of received encrypted data. Also see, Encryption and Key. Depth of Field. The range between minimum and maximum distances at which a scanner can read a symbol with a certain minimum element width. Discrete 2 of 5. A binary bar code symbology representing each character by a group of five bars, two of which are wide. The location of wide bars in the group determines which character is encoded; spaces are insignificant. Only numeric characters (0 to 9) and START/STOP characters may be encoded. Discrete Code. A bar code or symbol in which the spaces between characters (intercharacter gaps) are not part of the code. DRAM. Dynamic random access memory. E EAN. European Article Number. This European/International version of the UPC provides its own coding format and symbology standards. Element dimensions are specified metrically. EAN is used primarily in retail. Element. Generic term for a bar or space. Encoded Area. Total linear dimension occupied by all characters of a code pattern, including start/stop characters and data. ENQ (RS-232). ENQ software handshaking is also supported for the data sent to the host. ESD. Electro-Static Discharge Glossary - 4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide F Flash Disk. An additional megabyte of non-volatile memory for storing application and configuration files. Flash Memory. Flash memory is responsible for storing the system firmware and is non-volatile. If the system power is interrupted the data is not be lost. FTP. See File Transfer Protocol. H Hard Reset. See Cold Boot. Host Computer. A computer that serves other terminals in a network, providing such services as computation, database access, supervisory programs and network control. Hz. Hertz; A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second. I IDE. Intelligent drive electronics. Refers to the solid-state hard drive type. IEC. International Electrotechnical Commission. This international agency regulates laser safety by specifying various laser operation classes based on power output during operation. IEC (825) Class 1. This is the lowest power IEC laser classification. Conformity is ensured through a software restriction of 120 seconds of laser operation within any 1000 second window and an automatic laser shutdown if the scanner's oscillating mirror fails. Input/Output Ports. I/O ports are primarily dedicated to passing information into or out of the device’s memory, such as serial and USB ports. Intercharacter Gap. The space between two adjacent bar code characters in a discrete code. Interleaved 2 of 5. A binary bar code symbology representing character pairs in groups of five bars and five interleaved spaces. Interleaving provides for greater information density. The location of wide elements (bar/spaces) within each group determines which characters are encoded. This continuous code type uses no intercharacter spaces. Only numeric (0 to 9) and START/STOP characters may be encoded. Interleaved Bar Code. A bar code in which characters are paired together, using bars to represent the first character and the intervening spaces to represent the second. I/O Ports. interface The connection between two devices, defined by common physical characteristics, signal characteristics, and signal meanings. Types of interfaces include RS-232 and PCMCIA. IOCTL. Input/Output Control. Glossary - 5 IP. Internet Protocol. The IP part of the TCP/IP communications protocol. IP implements the network layer (layer 3) of the protocol, which contains a network address and is used to route a message to a different network or subnetwork. IP accepts “packets” from the layer 4 transport protocol (TCP or UDP), adds its own header to it and delivers a “datagram” to the layer 2 data link protocol. It may also break the packet into fragments to support the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the network. IP Address. (Internet Protocol address) The address of a computer attached to an IP network. Every client and server station must have a unique IP address. A 32-bit address used by a computer on a IP network. Client workstations have either a permanent address or one that is dynamically assigned to them each session. IP addresses are written as four sets of numbers separated by periods; for example, 204.171.64.2. IPX/SPX. Internet Package Exchange/Sequential Packet Exchange. A communications protocol for Novell. IPX is Novell’s Layer 3 protocol, similar to XNS and IP, and used in NetWare networks. SPX is Novell's version of the Xerox SPP protocol. K Key. A key is the specific code used by the algorithm to encrypt or decrypt the data. Also see, Encryption and Decrypting. L LASER. Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation.The laser is an intense light source. Light from a laser is all the same frequency, unlike the output of an incandescent bulb. Laser light is typically coherent and has a high energy density. Laser Diode. A gallium-arsenide semiconductor type of laser connected to a power source to generate a laser beam. This laser type is a compact source of coherent light. Laser Scanner. A type of bar code reader that uses a beam of laser light. LCD. See Liquid Crystal Display. LED Indicator. A semiconductor diode (LED - Light Emitting Diode) used as an indicator, often in digital displays. The semiconductor uses applied voltage to produce light of a certain frequency determined by the semiconductor's particular chemical composition. Light Emitting Diode. See LED. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). A display that uses liquid crystal sealed between two glass plates. The crystals are excited by precise electrical charges, causing them to reflect light outside according to their bias. They use little electricity and react relatively quickly. They require external light to reflect their information to the user. M MDN. Mobile Directory Number. The directory listing telephone number that is dialed (generally using POTS) to reach a mobile unit. The MDN is usually associated with a MIN in a cellular telephone -- in the US and Canada, the MDN and Glossary - 6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide MIN are the same value for voice cellular users. International roaming considerations often result in the MDN being different from the MIN. MIL. 1 mil = 1 thousandth of an inch. MIN. Mobile Identification Number. The unique account number associated with a cellular device. It is broadcast by the cellular device when accessing the cellular system. Misread (Misdecode). A condition which occurs when the data output of a reader or interface controller does not agree with the data encoded within a bar code symbol. N Nominal. The exact (or ideal) intended value for a specified parameter. Tolerances are specified as positive and negative deviations from this value. Nominal Size. Standard size for a bar code symbol. Most UPC/EAN codes are used over a range of magnifications (e.g., from 0.80 to 2.00 of nominal). NVM. Non-Volatile Memory. O ODI. See Open Data-Link Interface. Open Data-Link Interface (ODI). Novell’s driver specification for an interface between network hardware and higher-level protocols. It supports multiple protocols on a single NIC (Network Interface Controller). It is capable of understanding and translating any network information or request sent by any other ODI-compatible protocol into something a NetWare client can understand and process. Open System Authentication. Open System authentication is a null authentication algorithm. P PAN . Personal area network. Using Bluetooth wireless technology, PANs enable devices to communicate wirelessly. Generally, a wireless PAN consists of a dynamic group of less than 255 devices that communicate within about a 33-foot range. Only devices within this limited area typically participate in the network. Parameter. A variable that can have different values assigned to it. PC Card. A plug-in expansion card for laptop computers and other devices, also called a PCMCIA card. PC Cards are 85.6mm long x 54 mm wide, and have a 68 pin connector. There are several different kinds: • Type I; 3.3 mm high; use - RAM or Flash RAM • Type II; 5 mm high; use - modems, LAN adaptors • Type III; 10.5 high; use - Hard Disks Glossary - 7 PCMCIA. Personal Computer Memory Card Interface Association. See PC Card. Percent Decode. The average probability that a single scan of a bar code would result in a successful decode. In a well-designed bar code scanning system, that probability should approach near 100%. PING. (Packet Internet Groper) An Internet utility used to determine whether a particular IP address is online. It is used to test and debug a network by sending out a packet and waiting for a response. Print Contrast Signal (PCS). Measurement of the contrast (brightness difference) between the bars and spaces of a symbol. A minimum PCS value is needed for a bar code symbol to be scannable. PCS = (RL - RD) / RL, where RL is the reflectance factor of the background and RD the reflectance factor of the dark bars. Programming Mode. The state in which a scanner is configured for parameter values. See Scanning Mode. Q Quiet Zone. A clear space, containing no dark marks, which precedes the start character of a bar code symbol and follows the stop character. QWERTY. A standard keyboard commonly used on North American and some European PC keyboards. “QWERTY” refers to the arrangement of keys on the left side of the third row of keys. R RAM. Random Access Memory. Data in RAM can be accessed in random order, and quickly written and read. Reflectance. Amount of light returned from an illuminated surface. Resolution. The narrowest element dimension which is distinguished by a particular reading device or printed with a particular device or method. RF. Radio Frequency. ROM. Read-Only Memory. Data stored in ROM cannot be changed or removed. Router. A device that connects networks and supports the required protocols for packet filtering. Routers are typically used to extend the range of cabling and to organize the topology of a network into subnets. See Subnet. RS-232. An Electronic Industries Association (EIA) standard that defines the connector, connector pins, and signals used to transfer data serially from one device to another. S Scan Area. Area intended to contain a symbol. Glossary - 8 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Scanner. An electronic device used to scan bar code symbols and produce a digitized pattern that corresponds to the bars and spaces of the symbol. Its three main components are: 1) Light source (laser or photoelectric cell) - illuminates a bar code,; 2) Photodetector - registers the difference in reflected light (more light reflected from spaces); 3) Signal conditioning circuit - transforms optical detector output into a digitized bar pattern. Scanning Mode. The scanner is energized, programmed and ready to read a bar code. Scanning Sequence. A method of programming or configuring parameters for a bar code reading system by scanning bar code menus. SDK. Software Development Kit Self-Checking Code. A symbology that uses a checking algorithm to detect encoding errors within the characters of a bar code symbol. Shared Key. Shared Key authentication is an algorithm where both the AP and the MU share an authentication key. SHIP. Symbol Host Interface Program. SID. System Identification code. An identifier issued by the FCC for each market. It is also broadcast by the cellular carriers to allow cellular devices to distinguish between the home and roaming service. Soft Reset. See Warm Boot. Space. The lighter element of a bar code formed by the background between bars. Specular Reflection. The mirror-like direct reflection of light from a surface, which can cause difficulty decoding a bar code. Start/Stop Character. A pattern of bars and spaces that provides the scanner with start and stop reading instructions and scanning direction. The start and stop characters are normally to the left and right margins of a horizontal code. STEP. Symbol Terminal Enabler Program. Subnet. A subset of nodes on a network that are serviced by the same router. See Router. Subnet Mask. A 32-bit number used to separate the network and host sections of an IP address. A custom subnet mask subdivides an IP network into smaller subsections. The mask is a binary pattern that is matched up with the IP address to turn part of the host ID address field into a field for subnets. Default is often 255.255.255.0. Substrate. A foundation material on which a substance or image is placed. SVTP. Symbol Virtual Terminal Program. Symbol. A scannable unit that encodes data within the conventions of a certain symbology, usually including start/stop characters, quiet zones, data characters and check characters. Symbol Aspect Ratio. The ratio of symbol height to symbol width. Symbol Height. The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zones of the first row and the last row. Symbol Length. Length of symbol measured from the beginning of the quiet zone (margin) adjacent to the start character to the end of the quiet zone (margin) adjacent to a stop character. Glossary - 9 Symbology. The structural rules and conventions for representing data within a particular bar code type (e.g. UPC/EAN, Code 39, PDF417, etc.). T TCP/IP. (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) A communications protocol used to internetwork dissimilar systems. This standard is the protocol of the Internet and has become the global standard for communications. TCP provides transport functions, which ensures that the total amount of bytes sent is received correctly at the other end. UDP is an alternate transport that does not guarantee delivery. It is widely used for real-time voice and video transmissions where erroneous packets are not retransmitted. IP provides the routing mechanism. TCP/IP is a routable protocol, which means that all messages contain not only the address of the destination station, but the address of a destination network. This allows TCP/IP messages to be sent to multiple networks within an organization or around the world, hence its use in the worldwide Internet. Every client and server in a TCP/IP network requires an IP address, which is either permanently assigned or dynamically assigned at startup. Telnet. A terminal emulation protocol commonly used on the Internet and TCP/IP-based networks. It allows a user at a terminal or computer to log onto a remote device and run a program. Terminal Emulation. A “terminal emulation” emulates a character-based mainframe session on a remote non-mainframe terminal, including all display features, commands and function keys. The VC5000 Series supports Terminal Emulations in 3270, 5250 and VT220. Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR). A program under DOS that ends its foreground execution to remain resident in memory to service hardware/software interrupts, providing background operation. It remains in memory and may provide services on behalf of other DOS programs. TFTP. (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) A version of the TCP/IP FTP (File Transfer Protocol) protocol that has no directory or password capability. It is the protocol used for upgrading firmware, downloading software and remote booting of diskless devices. Tolerance. Allowable deviation from the nominal bar or space width. Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. See TCP/IP. Trivial File Transfer Protocol. See TFTP. TSR. See Terminate and Stay Resident. U UDP. User Datagram Protocol. A protocol within the IP protocol suite that is used in place of TCP when a reliable delivery is not required. For example, UDP is used for real-time audio and video traffic where lost packets are simply ignored, because there is no time to retransmit. If UDP is used and a reliable delivery is required, packet sequence checking and error notification must be written into the applications. UPC. Universal Product Code. A relatively complex numeric symbology. Each character consists of two bars and two spaces, each of which is any of four widths. The standard symbology for retail food packages in the United States. Glossary - 10 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide V Visible Laser Diode (VLD). A solid state device which produces visible laser light. W Warm Boot. A warm boot restarts the mobile computer by closing all running programs. All data that is not saved to flash memory is lost. Index Numerics 123Scan parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 2D bar codes aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 MicroPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 MicroQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 QR inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 A actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1, 11-27 move cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 send data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-27 setup fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 alphanumeric keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-91 alternate rule sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 bar code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 bar code menu example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47 code lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18 code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1, 11-11 default rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 move cursor past a character . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 move cursor past string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 move cursor to a character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 move cursor to last occurrence of string and replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 move cursor to start of data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 move cursor to string and replace . . . . . . . . . 11-30 numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-24, 11-25 pad spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-38 pad zeros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-42 rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 rules hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 send alt characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-66 send control characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47 send function key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-76 send keyboard characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-52 send keypad characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-71 send preset value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 send value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36 skip ahead "n" characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 skip ahead characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-33 skip back "n" characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 skip back characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34 skip cursor to end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 space removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-37 special commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 specific data string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22 specific string any location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 any message ok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 at start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22 rule belongs to set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-26 search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 turn off rule sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-89, 11-90 zero removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-37 advanced data formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1, 11-27 alphanumeric keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-91 alternate rule sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 bar code menu example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47 Index - 2 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide code lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18 code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1, 11-11 default rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-24, 11-25 pad spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-38 pad zeros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-42 rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 rules hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4 send alt characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-66 send control characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47 send function key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-76 send keyboard characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-52 send keypad characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-71 send preset value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36 setup fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 skip ahead characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-33 skip back characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34 space removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-37 special commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 specific data string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22 turn off rule sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-89, 11-90 zero removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-37 aiming options decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 video view finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5, 5-10 enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5, 2-6 aiming tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 ASCII values RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 B bar codes matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 abort macro PDF entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 ADF list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 Australian postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 beep after good decode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 beeper tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 beeper volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18, 5-21 bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 buffering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Chinese 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 codabar CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 codabar lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48, 10-49 codabar NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 code 11 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38, 10-39 code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23, 10-25 code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 code 128 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 transmit buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 code 39 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 code 39 full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 code 39 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 code 39 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 code 93 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36, 10-37 composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 crop to address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 data options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 pause duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 prefix/suffix values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 transmit code ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 decode mirror images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 decode session timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 digital imager scanner default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 discrete 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 discrete 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 DP illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 event reporting boot up event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 decode event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 parameter event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 flush macro buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 fuzzy 1D processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 GS1 DataBar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Index - 3 GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 I 2 of 5 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 I 2 of 5 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 I 2 of 5 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11, 5-6 illumination bank control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 image file format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17, 5-20 image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 intercharacter gap size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-42, 10-43 inverse 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 JPEG quality and size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 low exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . . 5-9 low gain priority for snapshot mode . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 low light enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 matrix 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 matrix 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 matrix 2 of 5 redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 MicroPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 MicroQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77 miscellaneous scan data options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 transmit no read msg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 MSI check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 MSI check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 MSI lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-51, 10-52 MSI transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 numeric bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 parameter scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 picklist modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 prefix/suffix values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 presentation mode field of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 QR inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 redundancy level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79 report version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 RS-232 baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 beep on bel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 check receive errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 data bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 hardware handshaking . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12, 8-13 host serial response time-out . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 host types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 intercharacter delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 RTS line state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 software handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13, 8-14 stop bit select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 set defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 signature capture height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 signature capture JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 signature capture width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 SSI baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 check parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 data packet format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 host character timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 host RTS line state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 host serial response time-out . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 interpacket delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 multipacket option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 software handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 stop bit select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 symbologies default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26, 10-27 ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . 10-27 Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 transmit matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 trigger modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 UPC/EAN coupon code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 supp redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 UPC/EAN/JAN supplemental redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 UPC-A/E/E1 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14, 10-15 UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Index - 4 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 USB caps lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 country keyboard types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 keystroke delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 SNAPI handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 unknown characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . 10-64 video frame size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 video image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 video view finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 beeper definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 bullets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xvi C cables installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 removing cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 signal descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 character sets RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Chinese 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 codabar bar codes CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-48, 10-49 NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 code 11 bar codes code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-38, 10-39 code 128 bar codes code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23, 10-25 GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-26, 10-27 ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 code 128 emulation bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72 code 39 bar codes buffering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 code 93 bar codes code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36, 10-37 code identifiers AIM code IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 modifier characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 code types ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 composite bar codes composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 configurations, scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv connecting interface cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 conventions notational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-12 D data matrix bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 DataBar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 decode zones direct part mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12, 2-13 document capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10, 2-11 high density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14, 2-15 standard range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8, 2-9 default parameters imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 standard default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 symbologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 digital imager scanner defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 discrete 2 of 5 bar codes discrete 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 E exposure options autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 gain / exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . 5-9 Index - 5 illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11, 5-6 low light enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 presentation mode field of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 F fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 G gain / exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . . . . 5-9 GS1 DataBar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . 10-66 H host types RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 I illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11, 5-6 bank control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11, 5-12 image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 image options bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11, 5-12 file formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17, 5-20 image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 JPEG size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 imaging preferences parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 intellistand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44 J JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 L LED definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 low light enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 M macro PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 macro PDF bar codes abort macro PDF entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 flush buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 matrix 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 maxicode bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 MicroPDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 Motorola enterprise mobility support . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii mounting desk mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 intellistand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 wall mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 MSI bar codes check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51, 10-52 MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 N notational conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvi P parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 PDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 pinouts scanner signal descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 postal codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Australian postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63 transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . 10-64 power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 presentation mode field of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Index - 6 Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide Q QR code bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 R RS-232 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4, 8-6 S sample bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 scanning errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2, 5-2, 10-2 hand-held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 presentation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 sequence example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2, 5-2, 10-1 service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii setup connecting a USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 connecting an RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 connecting power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 connecting using SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 installing the cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 signal descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 file format selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 SSI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 SSI default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 standard default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii symbology default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 T technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 U unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 UPC/EAN bar codes bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14, 10-15 convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 user preferences parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 V video view finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 frame size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 W wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Tell Us What You Think... We’d like to know what you think about this Manual. Please take a moment to fill out this questionnaire and fax this form to: (631) 738-4913, or mail to: Motorola, Inc. One Motorola Plaza M/S B-10 Holtsville, NY 11742-1300 Attention: Advanced Data Capture Technical Publications Manager important If you need product support, please call the appropriate customer support number provided. Unfortunately, we cannot provide customer support at the fax number above. Manual Title:___________________________________________ (please include revision level) How familiar were you with this product before using this manual? Very familiar Slightly familiar Not at all familiar Did this manual meet your needs? If not, please explain. ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ What topics need to be added to the index, if applicable? ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ What topics do you feel need to be better discussed? Please be specific. ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ What can we do to further improve our manuals? ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Thank you for your input—We value your comments. Motorola, Inc. One Motorola Plaza Holtsville, New York 11742, USA 1-800-927-9626 http://www.motorola.com/enterprisemobility MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo and Symbol and the Symbol logo are registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners. © Motorola, Inc. 20089 72E-83978-06 Revision A - May 2009
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V2.3 (128-bit) User Access : Print, Copy, Extract, Print high-res Page Mode : UseOutlines XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows) Creator Tool : FrameMaker 8.0 Modify Date : 2009:05:07 15:34:35-04:00 Create Date : 2009:05:07 15:26:21Z Metadata Date : 2009:05:07 15:34:35-04:00 Format : application/pdf Title : Symbol DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide (72E-83978-06 Rev A) Document ID : uuid:cee1af64-ac9c-4ab5-87ca-e9a4deb792a7 Instance ID : uuid:85c3578d-026f-42dd-b110-ce0f0a2c0000 Page Count : 402 Creator : FrameMaker 8.0EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools